Compare commits

...

No commits in common. "master" and "v1" have entirely different histories.
master ... v1

105 changed files with 8735 additions and 9256 deletions

23
.gitignore vendored
View File

@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
*~
.*.sw?
autom4te.cache/*
Makefile.in
Makefile
config.h
config.h.in
config.log
config.status
depcomp
stamp-h1
install-sh
configure
missing
po/Makevars.template
po/stamp-po
src/.deps/*
po/POTFILES
*.o
src/botcommander
aclocal.m4
/po/.pot
/po/remove-potcdate.sed

1282
ABOUT-NLS

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

674
COPYING
View File

@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

View File

@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
2010-10-07 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
2007-04-09 19:41 Gergely Polonkai <polesz@botcommander.hu>
* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add po.
(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): New variable.
(EXTRA_DIST): New variable.
* configure.ac (AC_OUTPUT): Add po/Makefile.in.
* Added this ChangeLog file.

315
INSTALL
View File

@ -1,80 +1,48 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
without warranty of any kind.
Basic Installation
==================
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
These are generic installation instructions.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging `configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
cache files.
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
of `autoconf'.
The file `configure.ac' is used to create `configure' by a program
called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.ac' if you want to change
it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system.
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
`configure' itself.
Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
the package.
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
privileges.
documentation.
5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
correctly.
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
@ -83,119 +51,62 @@ of `autoconf'.
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
GNU Coding Standards.
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
This target is generally not run by end users.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
this:
CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
is an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This
is known as a "VPATH" build.
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for
one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
architecture.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
absolute file name.
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
option `--prefix=PATH'.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the
default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
`make install' command line to change installation locations without
having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
affected directory. For example, `make install
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
`${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure',
but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of
makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For
example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
`/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
at `configure' time.
Optional Features
=================
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
@ -208,75 +119,25 @@ find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
overridden with `make V=0'.
Particular systems
==================
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU
CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as
a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
to try
./configure CC="cc"
and if that doesn't work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS
KERNEL-OS
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
need to know the host type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
system on which you are compiling the package.
Sharing Defaults
================
@ -289,55 +150,19 @@ default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
Operation Controls
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
`--help'
`-h'
Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--help=short'
`--help=recursive'
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
`configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used
only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
also present in any nested packages.
`--version'
`-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
disable caching.
Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
`./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
debugging `configure'.
`--config-cache'
`-C'
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
`--help'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
@ -350,16 +175,8 @@ operates.
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`--prefix=DIR'
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names::
for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
the installation locations.
`--no-create'
`-n'
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
files.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.
`--version'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.

View File

@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
SUBDIRS = po src

51
Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
include rules
subdirs = src doc pixmaps po data
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
all:
@for dir in ${subdirs}; do \
(cd $$dir && $(MAKE) all) \
|| case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
install:
@for dir in ${subdirs}; do \
(cd $$dir && $(MAKE) install) \
|| case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
clean:
/bin/rm -f *~
@for dir in ${subdirs}; do \
(cd $$dir && $(MAKE) clean) \
|| case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
distclean:
@for dir in ${subdirs}; do \
(cd $$dir && $(MAKE) distclean) \
|| case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
/bin/rm -f Makefile config.h config.status config.cache config.log intltool-extract intltool-merge intltool-update rules configure aclocal.m4
/bin/rm -rf autom4te.cache/
# automatic re-running of configure if the configure.in file has changed
${srcdir}/configure: configure.in aclocal.m4
cd ${srcdir} && autoconf
# autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file
${srcdir}/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
${srcdir}/stamp-h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
cd ${srcdir} && autoheader
echo timestamp > ${srcdir}/stamp-h.in
config.h: stamp-h
stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
./config.status
Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
./config.status
config.status: configure
./config.status --recheck

0
NEWS
View File

91
README
View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
This short document is originally based on eggdrop's README file.
Contents
0. Important notice
1. What is BotCommander
2. How do I get BotCommander?
3. Quick startup
4. Frequently Asked Questions
5. Legal stuff
6. Documentation
7. Obtaining help
_________________________________________________________________
(0) NOTICE
Please read this document, and the original BotCommander documentation
before asking for help! These files contain almost everything possible, and
are always growing, as people ask me more and more questions.
_________________________________________________________________
(1) WHAT IS BOTCOMMANDER?
BotCommander is a customisable telnet client, heavily specialized with the
usage with Eggdrop IRC bots. Currently it possesses only the planned basic
functionality, but I have many-many plans, such as module-writing,
scripting and such.
BotCommander is continously updated: bugs are getting fixed, and new
features are being added, which sometimes can cause new bugs. Currently
there is a so called "stable" version out there, but there are still known
bugs.
_________________________________________________________________
(2) HOW DO I GET BOTCOMMANDER?
Before you can install/compile BotCommander, you will need several other
software installed on your machine.
As BotCommander currently depends heavily on GTK+ 2 and Gnome 2, you will
need these. If you are planning (or must) install BotCommander from
sources, you will also need the development libraries of them. These
software comes with most of the Linux/Unix distributions, so the only thing
you may have to do is to install them.
The current stable version (as of writing) is 1.0; you can download it
(amongst many other files) from http://www.botcommander.hu/.
Optionally, you can get the latest SVN version from
http://www.botcommander.hu/files/botcommander-svn.tar.bz2. BUT BEWARE! This
version may contain code snippets which will never compile on any machine!
This is because I'm a nasty developer, and sometimes upload this kind of
code, so I can continue coding on my other machine after an svn update. I'm
also planning to add anonymous SVN access, but currently I don't have
enough knowledge about SVN to do such thing.
_________________________________________________________________
(3) QUICK STARTUP
About installation quick-start you should read the INSTALL file; about
usage, you should go and read the original BotCommander documentation. The
latter is written in DocBook XML, and is compiled into a PDF document upon
a successful installation. It can be found in the doc/ directory.
_________________________________________________________________
(4) FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
_________________________________________________________________
(5) LEGAL STUFF
_________________________________________________________________
(6) DOCUMENTATION
_________________________________________________________________
(7) OBTAINING HELP

23
TODO Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
* Preferences
- Save recalled command at the end of history?
- Save command to history which is already there somewhere?
* Bot list
- Edit Save in conf backend
* Command completion
* If there is a command which can be abbreviated and one
which can not, get_command_from_abbrev() should return the former.
* User should be able to set local vhost to use.
* (Channel and Handle list) hideable.
* Create a status icon.
* BotCommander SWITCH command. This will act like the CONNECT command, but it will connect in a new tab. If the specified bot is already connected in one of the tabs, BotCommander will switch to that tab instead of opening a new one.
* Contents of aclocal.m4 can be splitted somehow. But where to?
* http://www.botcommander.hu/files/botcommander-latest.tar.bz2 <= http://www.botcommander.hu/latest

View File

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
mkdir m4 &> /dev/null
autoheader || exit 1
aclocal || exit 1
automake --add-missing --copy || exit 1
autoconf || exit 1
exit 0

1502
config.guess vendored

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

165
config.h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* config.h.in
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* This file holds some default settings.
}}} */
/* This is the GConf path where BC stores it's settings. You should leave this
* as the default */
#define GCONF2_ROOT "/apps/botcommander"
/* {{{ Default settings */
#define DEFAULT_SCROLL_ON_OUTPUT TRUE
#define DEFAULT_CHANGE_TO_MESSAGE TRUE
#define DEFAULT_DEBUG FALSE
#define DEFAULT_TRANSPARENT_BACKGROUND FALSE
#define DEFAULT_BACKGROUND_SATURATION 1.0
#define DEFAULT_DEFAULT_MODE "B"
#define DEFAULT_VTE_FONT "Courier 10 Pitch 12"
#define DEFAULT_CHANGE_TO_NEW_TAB FALSE
#define DEFAULT_HISTORY_LENGTH 100
/* }}} */
/* Eggdrop itself uses ISO-8859-1 when using the default english language. You
* only have to change this if you use a different language file (e.g hungarian
* is usually in ISO-8859-2), or you use a script or module which sends out
* characters in a different character set. */
#define BOT_CHARSET "ISO-8859-1"
#define MAX_READ_LINE_LEN 1024
/* config.h.in. Most of this file is generated from configure.in by
* autoheader. */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
/* GETTEXT package name */
#undef GETTEXT_PACKAGE
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostbyname' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `m' library (-lm). */
#undef HAVE_LIBM
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define to 1 if your system has a GNU libc compatible `malloc' function, and
to 0 otherwise. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMSET
/* Define to 1 if you have the <netdb.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NETDB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' function. */
#undef HAVE_SOCKET
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtol' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
#undef RETSIGTYPE
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef malloc
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef ssize_t
/* Package pixmaps directory */
#undef PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR
/* Package local directory */
#undef PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR

View File

@ -1,672 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
darwin*)
case $cc_basename in
xlc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
newsos6)
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
icc* | ifort*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
lf95*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ C*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix[3-9]*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
# them.
ld_shlibs=no
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
interix[3-9]*)
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix[4-9]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
:
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
ld_shlibs=no
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
:
else
case $cc_basename in
xlc*)
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd1*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
freebsd2.2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
*)
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
openbsd*)
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
# linker has special search rules.
library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
aix[4-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
amigaos*)
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
beos*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
bsdi[45]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
dgux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
freebsd1*)
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
case "$host_os" in
freebsd[123]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;;
*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
esac
;;
gnu*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
interix[3-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
netbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
newsos6)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
nto-qnx*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
openbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sunos4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
uts4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Format of library name prefix.
libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF

1714
config.sub vendored

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
PACKAGE=botcommander
VERSION=0.1.0
AC_INIT([botcommander], [0.1.0])
AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h])
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([configure.ac])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE($PACKAGE, $VERSION)
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE")
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION")
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
AC_SUBST(VERSION)
PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTK, gtk+-3.0)
AC_SUBST(BCREQ_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(BCREQ_LIBS)
AC_PROG_CC
AC_OUTPUT([Makefile src/Makefile po/Makefile.in])

110
configure.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
AC_PREREQ(2.60)
AC_INIT(BotCommander, 1.0, polesz@botcommander.hu)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
PACKAGE=botcommander
BOTCOMMANDER_VERSION=1.0
ALL_LINGUAS=hu
GETTEXT_PACKAGE=botcommander
GLIB_REQUIRED=2.0.6
GDK_PIXBUF_REQUIRED=2.0.0
GTK_REQUIRED=2.2.0
GNOME_REQUIRED=2.0.2
GNOME_UI_REQUIRED=2.0.2
VTE_REQUIRED=0.9.0
AC_GNU_SOURCE
AM_GNU_GETTEXT
AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT
AC_SUBST(GLIB_REQUIRED)
AC_SUBST(GDK_PIXBUF_REQUIRED)
AC_SUBST(GTK_REQUIRED)
AC_SUBST(GNOME_REQUIRED)
AC_SUBST(GNOME_UI_REQUIRED)
AC_SUBST(VTE_REQUIRED)
AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_PACKAGE)
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GETTEXT_PACKAGE,"$GETTEXT_PACKAGE", [GETTEXT package name])
if test "x${prefix}" = "xNONE"; then
packageprefix=${ac_default_prefix}
else
packageprefix=${prefix}
fi
if test "x${prefix}" = "xNONE"; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR, "${ac_default_prefix}/${DATADIRNAME}/locale", [Package local directory])
else
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR, "${prefix}/${DATADIRNAME}/locale", [Package local directory])
fi
packagepixmapsdir=share/pixmaps/${PACKAGE}
PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR="${packageprefix}/${packagepixmapsdir}"
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR, "${packageprefix}/${packagepixmapsdir}", [Package pixmaps directory])
AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [ --enable-debug Enable debug mode], CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDEBUG -g -Wall")
dnl Check for required programs
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_CPP
AC_PROG_INSTALL
IT_PROG_INTLTOOL
AC_CHECK_PROGS([TEXI2PDF], [texi2pdf])
dnl Check for extensions
AC_OBJEXT
AC_EXEEXT
dnl Check for math library
AC_CHECK_LIB([m], [exp10])
AC_ISC_POSIX
# Checks for header files.
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h libintl.h locale.h netdb.h netinet/in.h stdlib.h string.h sys/socket.h unistd.h])
# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
AC_C_CONST
AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
# Checks for library functions.
AC_FUNC_MALLOC
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([gethostbyname memset setlocale socket strchr strerror strtol])
PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([0.9.0])
if test x$PKG_CONFIG = xno; then
AC_MSG_ERROR(Please install the pkg-config package!);
fi
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(BOTCOMMANDER, glib-2.0 >= $GLIB_REQUIRED gtk+-2.0 >= $GTK_REQUIRED libgnome-2.0 >= $GNOME_REQUIRED libgnomeui-2.0 >= $GNOME_REQUIRED vte >= $VTE_REQUIRED gconf-2.0)
AC_SUBST(BOTCOMMANDER_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(BOTCOMMANDER_LIBS)
AM_GCONF_SOURCE_2
AC_PATH_PROG([GCONFTOOL], [gconftool-2], [no])
if test "x$GCONFTOOL" = "xno"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([gconftool-2 executable not found in your path - should be installed with GConf])
fi
AC_CONFIG_FILES([rules
Makefile
data/Makefile
doc/Makefile
src/Makefile
pixmaps/Makefile
po/Makefile.in
data/botcommander.desktop.in
data/botcommander.schemas])
AC_OUTPUT

33
create_source_htmls Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
#! /bin/sh
MAIN_DIR=source_html
C2HTML=`which c2html`
if [ x$C2HTML = x ]
then
echo "c2html not found. Please install that first!"
exit 1
fi
rm -rf $MAIN_DIR
mkdir -p $MAIN_DIR
echo "<html>
<head>
<title>BotCommander sources in HTML</title>
</head>
<body>
<h1>BotCommander sources in HTML</h1>" >> $MAIN_DIR/index.html
for FILE in `find -name \*.[ch]`
do
DIR=`dirname $FILE`
mkdir -p $MAIN_DIR/$DIR
cat $FILE | c2html > $MAIN_DIR/$FILE.html
echo " <a href=\"$FILE.html\">$FILE</a><br />" >> $MAIN_DIR/index.html
done
echo " </body>
</html>" >> $MAIN_DIR/index.html
exit 0

46
data/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
include ../rules
GCONFTOOL = @GCONFTOOL@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
datadir = @datadir@
INTLTOOL_MERGE = @INTLTOOL_MERGE@
INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE = @INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE@
INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE = @INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE@
GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR = @GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR@
GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE = @GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@
GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE = @GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE@
gnomemenudir = $(datadir)/applications
gnomemenu_premerge_file = botcommander.desktop.in
gnomemenu_DATA = $(gnomemenu_premerge_file:.desktop.in=.desktop)
schema_in_files = botcommander.schemas.in
schemadir = $(GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR)
schema_DATA = $(schema_in_files:.schemas.in=.schemas)
all: $(gnomemenu_DATA)
clean:
install: $(gnomemenu_DATA)
@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ if test -z "$(DESTDIR)" ; then \
@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ for p in $(schema_DATA) ; do \
@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ GCONF_CONFIG_SOURCE=$(GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE) $(GCONFTOOL) --makefile-install-rule $(top_builddir)/data/$$p >&1 > /dev/null; \
@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ done \
@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ fi
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gnomemenudir)
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(schemadir)
$(INSTALL) -m 0644 $(gnomemenu_DATA) $(gnomemenudir)
$(INSTALL) -m 0644 $(schema_DATA) $(schemadir)
distclean:
rm -f botcommander.desktop botcommander.desktop.in botcommander.schemas Makefile
@INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE@
@INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE@

View File

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
[Desktop Entry]
_Name=BotCommander
_Comment=BotCommander eggdrop client
Exec=botcommander
Icon=@PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR@/bc48_trans.png
Terminal=false
X-MultipleArgs=false
Type=Application
Categories=Application;Network;
Encoding=UTF-8
StartupNotify=true

View File

@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
<gconfschemafile>
<schemalist>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/background_saturation</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/background_saturation</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>float</type>
<default>0.0</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>Background is not opaque by default</short>
<long>background_saturation only has effect when transparent_background is true. If so, this value gives the opacity of the VTE</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>A háttér alapértelmezés szerint nem áttetsző</short>
<long>A background_saturation értékét csak akkor veszi figyelembe a program, ha a transparent_background értéke true. Ha így van, ez az érték adja meg a VTE áttetszőségének mértékét.</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/change_to_message</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/change_to_message</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>bool</type>
<default>true</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>By default, BotCommander will change to Message mode after connecting to a bot</short>
<long>When this option is true, BotCommander will set Message mode after connecting to a bot</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>Alapértelmezés szerint a BotCommander átvált Üzenet módba miután csatlakozott egy bothoz</short>
<long>Ha ez az opció true, a BotCommander átvált Üzenet módba, miután csatlakozott egy bothoz</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/change_to_new_tab</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/change_to_new_tab</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>bool</type>
<default>true</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>BotCommander changes to the newly created tab by default</short>
<long>When this value is true, BotCommander will change to the newly opened tab. Otherwise, the new tab won't be activated</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>A BotCommander alapértelmezés szerint átvált az újonnan létrehozott fülre</short>
<long>Ha ez az érték true, a BotCommander automatikusan átvált az újonnan megnyitott fülre. Ha nem, a fül nem lesz aktiválva</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/debug</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/debug</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>bool</type>
<default>false</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>By default, BotCommander won't print out debug messages</short>
<long>If this option is true, and the code is compiled with the DEBUG flag, BotCommander will print debug messages</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>Alapértelmezés szerint a BotCommander nem fogja kiírni a hibakereső üzeneteket</short>
<long>Ha ez az opció be van kapcsolva, és a kód a DEBUG opcióval lett fordítva, a BotCommander folyamatosan kiírja a hibakereső üzeneteket</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/default_mode</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/default_mode</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>string</type>
<default>B</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>By default, BotCommander will use BotCommander command mode</short>
<long>When you open a new tab, BotCommander will use this mod as the initial mode of the tab</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>Alapértelmezés szerint a BotCommander Botcommander Parancs-módot használ</short>
<long>Mikor megnyitsz egy új fület, a BotCommander ezt a módot állítja be rajta</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/history_length</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/history_length</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>int</type>
<default>300</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>The default scrollback-size for the VTEs is 300 lines</short>
<long>The VTEs scrollback is set to this value</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>A VTE-k memóritára alapértelmezésben 300 sor</short>
<long>A VTE-k memóriatárának mérete ennyi sorra van állítva</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/sanity</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/sanity</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>string</type>
<default>Needed for gconf sanity check, please don't remove!</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>NEVER CHANGE THIS VALUE!</short>
<long>NEVER CHANGE THIS VALUE! This is for sanity check. Maybe I'll remove it soon. NEVER CHANGE THIS VALUE!</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>SOHA NE VÁLTOZTASD MEG EZT AZ ÉRTÉKET!</short>
<long>SOHA NE VÁLTOZTASD MEG EZT AZ ÉRTÉKET! Ez a gconf ellenőrzésére szolgál. Valószínűleg hamarosan törlöm. SOHA NE VÁLTOZTAST MEG EZT AZ ÉRTÉKET!</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/scroll_on_output</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/scroll_on_output</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>bool</type>
<default>true</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>By default, BotCommander will scroll the contents of the VTE when new data arrives from the bot</short>
<long>When this option is true, BotCommander will automatically scroll to the bottom of the window when a new line arrives from the bot</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>Alapértelmezés szerint a BotCommander a VTE aljára görget, ha új adat érkezik a bottól</short>
<long>Ha ez az opció true, a BotCommander automatikusan a VTE aljára görget, ha új adat érkezik a bottól</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/transparent_background</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/transparent_background</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>bool</type>
<default>false</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>By default, the VTEs' background is not transparent</short>
<long>If you set this option to true, and background_saturation to a number greater then 0, the VTEs' background will be opaque</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>Alapértelmezés szerint a VTE-k háttere nem áttetsző</short>
<long>Ha ezt az értéket true-ra állítod, a background_saturation értékét pedig 0-nál nagyobbra, a VTE-k háttere áttetsző lesz</long>
</locale>
</schema>
<schema>
<key>/schemas/apps/botcommander/vte_font</key>
<applyto>/apps/botcommander/vte_font</applyto>
<owner>botcommander</owner>
<type>string</type>
<default>Courier 10 Pitch 12</default>
<locale name="C">
<short>By default, the VTEs use the Courier 10 Pitch font with a 12pt size</short>
<long>The VTEs' font will set to this value</long>
</locale>
<locale name="hu">
<short>Alapértelmezés szerint a VTE-k a Courier 10 Pitch font 12pt méretű változatát használják</short>
<long>Ez az érték lesz megadva, mint a VTE-k betűkészlete</long>
</locale>
</schema>
</schemalist>
</gconfschemafile>

6
debian/README.Debian vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
botcommander for Debian
-----------------------
<possible notes regarding this package - if none, delete this file>
-- Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@botcommander.hu>, Mon, 11 Sep 2006 07:31:20 +0200

10
debian/botcommander-default.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
# Defaults for botcommander initscript
# sourced by /etc/init.d/botcommander
# installed at /etc/default/botcommander by the maintainer scripts
#
# This is a POSIX shell fragment
#
# Additional options that are passed to the Daemon.
DAEMON_OPTS=""

22
debian/botcommander.doc-base.EX vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
Document: botcommander
Title: Debian botcommander Manual
Author: Gergely POLONKAI (polesz@botcommander.hu)
Abstract: This manual describes what botcommander is
and how it can be used to
manage online manuals on Debian systems.
Section: utils
Format: debiandoc-sgml
Files: /usr/share/doc/botcommander/botcommander.sgml.gz
Format: postscript
Files: /usr/share/doc/botcommander/botcommander.ps.gz
Format: text
Files: /usr/share/doc/botcommander/botcommander.text.gz
Format: HTML
Index: /usr/share/doc/botcommander/html/index.html
Files: /usr/share/doc/botcommander/html/*.html

6
debian/changelog vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
botcommander (1.0-1) unstable; urgency=low
* Initial release (Closes: #nnnn) <nnnn is the bug number of your ITP>
-- POLONKAI Gergely <polesz@botcommander.hu> Mon, 11 Sep 2006 07:41:46 +0200

1
debian/compat vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
5

14
debian/control vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
Source: botcommander
Section: utils
Priority: optional
Maintainer: Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@botcommander.hu>
Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 5), autotools-dev, libgnomeui-0, libvte4, libgtk2.0-0, libgconf2-4
Standards-Version: 3.7.2
Package: botcommander
Architecture: i386
Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}
Description: BotCommander is a graphical eggdrop client for UN*X sytems
BotCommander is a graphical eggdrop client written for UN*X systems. This is
still a work-in-progress, as it already functional. There are still many plans
which are not implemented yet.

14
debian/copyright vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
This package was debianized by Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@botcommander.hu> on
Mon, 11 Sep 2006 07:31:20 +0200.
It was downloaded from http://www.botcommander.hu/
Upstream Author: Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@botcommander.hu>
Copyright: Gergely POLONKAI, 2006
License: GNU GPL, version 2 or later
The Debian packaging is (C) 2006, Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@botcommander.hu> and
is licensed under the GPL, see `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL'.

4
debian/cron.d.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
#
# Regular cron jobs for the botcommander package
#
0 4 * * * root botcommander_maintenance

2
debian/dirs vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
usr/bin
usr/share/pixmaps/botcommander

1
debian/docs vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
TODO

45
debian/emacsen-install.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
#! /bin/sh -e
# /usr/lib/emacsen-common/packages/install/botcommander
# Written by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@debian.org>, borrowing heavily
# from the install scripts for gettext by Santiago Vila
# <sanvila@ctv.es> and octave by Dirk Eddelbuettel <edd@debian.org>.
FLAVOR=$1
PACKAGE=botcommander
if [ ${FLAVOR} = emacs ]; then exit 0; fi
echo install/${PACKAGE}: Handling install for emacsen flavor ${FLAVOR}
#FLAVORTEST=`echo $FLAVOR | cut -c-6`
#if [ ${FLAVORTEST} = xemacs ] ; then
# SITEFLAG="-no-site-file"
#else
# SITEFLAG="--no-site-file"
#fi
FLAGS="${SITEFLAG} -q -batch -l path.el -f batch-byte-compile"
ELDIR=/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp/${PACKAGE}
ELCDIR=/usr/share/${FLAVOR}/site-lisp/${PACKAGE}
# Install-info-altdir does not actually exist.
# Maybe somebody will write it.
if test -x /usr/sbin/install-info-altdir; then
echo install/${PACKAGE}: install Info links for ${FLAVOR}
install-info-altdir --quiet --section "" "" --dirname=${FLAVOR} /usr/info/${PACKAGE}.info.gz
fi
install -m 755 -d ${ELCDIR}
cd ${ELDIR}
FILES=`echo *.el`
cp ${FILES} ${ELCDIR}
cd ${ELCDIR}
cat << EOF > path.el
(setq load-path (cons "." load-path) byte-compile-warnings nil)
EOF
${FLAVOR} ${FLAGS} ${FILES}
rm -f *.el path.el
exit 0

15
debian/emacsen-remove.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
#!/bin/sh -e
# /usr/lib/emacsen-common/packages/remove/botcommander
FLAVOR=$1
PACKAGE=botcommander
if [ ${FLAVOR} != emacs ]; then
if test -x /usr/sbin/install-info-altdir; then
echo remove/${PACKAGE}: removing Info links for ${FLAVOR}
install-info-altdir --quiet --remove --dirname=${FLAVOR} /usr/info/botcommander.info.gz
fi
echo remove/${PACKAGE}: purging byte-compiled files for ${FLAVOR}
rm -rf /usr/share/${FLAVOR}/site-lisp/${PACKAGE}
fi

25
debian/emacsen-startup.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
;; -*-emacs-lisp-*-
;;
;; Emacs startup file, e.g. /etc/emacs/site-start.d/50botcommander.el
;; for the Debian botcommander package
;;
;; Originally contributed by Nils Naumann <naumann@unileoben.ac.at>
;; Modified by Dirk Eddelbuettel <edd@debian.org>
;; Adapted for dh-make by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@debian.org>
;; The botcommander package follows the Debian/GNU Linux 'emacsen' policy and
;; byte-compiles its elisp files for each 'emacs flavor' (emacs19,
;; xemacs19, emacs20, xemacs20...). The compiled code is then
;; installed in a subdirectory of the respective site-lisp directory.
;; We have to add this to the load-path:
(let ((package-dir (concat "/usr/share/"
(symbol-name flavor)
"/site-lisp/botcommander")))
;; If package-dir does not exist, the botcommander package must have
;; removed but not purged, and we should skip the setup.
(when (file-directory-p package-dir)
(setq load-path (cons package-dir load-path))
(autoload 'botcommander-mode "botcommander-mode"
"Major mode for editing botcommander files." t)
(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.botcommander$" . botcommander-mode))))

74
debian/init.d.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
#! /bin/sh
#
# skeleton example file to build /etc/init.d/ scripts.
# This file should be used to construct scripts for /etc/init.d.
#
# Written by Miquel van Smoorenburg <miquels@cistron.nl>.
# Modified for Debian
# by Ian Murdock <imurdock@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
#
# Version: @(#)skeleton 1.9 26-Feb-2001 miquels@cistron.nl
#
PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
DAEMON=/usr/sbin/botcommander
NAME=botcommander
DESC=botcommander
test -x $DAEMON || exit 0
# Include botcommander defaults if available
if [ -f /etc/default/botcommander ] ; then
. /etc/default/botcommander
fi
set -e
case "$1" in
start)
echo -n "Starting $DESC: "
start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid \
--exec $DAEMON -- $DAEMON_OPTS
echo "$NAME."
;;
stop)
echo -n "Stopping $DESC: "
start-stop-daemon --stop --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid \
--exec $DAEMON
echo "$NAME."
;;
#reload)
#
# If the daemon can reload its config files on the fly
# for example by sending it SIGHUP, do it here.
#
# If the daemon responds to changes in its config file
# directly anyway, make this a do-nothing entry.
#
# echo "Reloading $DESC configuration files."
# start-stop-daemon --stop --signal 1 --quiet --pidfile \
# /var/run/$NAME.pid --exec $DAEMON
#;;
restart|force-reload)
#
# If the "reload" option is implemented, move the "force-reload"
# option to the "reload" entry above. If not, "force-reload" is
# just the same as "restart".
#
echo -n "Restarting $DESC: "
start-stop-daemon --stop --quiet --pidfile \
/var/run/$NAME.pid --exec $DAEMON
sleep 1
start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile \
/var/run/$NAME.pid --exec $DAEMON -- $DAEMON_OPTS
echo "$NAME."
;;
*)
N=/etc/init.d/$NAME
# echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload}" >&2
echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|force-reload}" >&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0

59
debian/manpage.1.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
.TH BOTCOMMANDER SECTION "szeptember 11, 2006"
.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
.\"
.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
.\" .nh disable hyphenation
.\" .hy enable hyphenation
.\" .ad l left justify
.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins
.\" .nf disable filling
.\" .fi enable filling
.\" .br insert line break
.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines
.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
.SH NAME
botcommander \- program to do something
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B botcommander
.RI [ options ] " files" ...
.br
.B bar
.RI [ options ] " files" ...
.SH DESCRIPTION
This manual page documents briefly the
.B botcommander
and
.B bar
commands.
.PP
.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and
.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invode bold face and italics,
.\" respectively.
\fBbotcommander\fP is a program that...
.SH OPTIONS
These programs follow the usual GNU command line syntax, with long
options starting with two dashes (`-').
A summary of options is included below.
For a complete description, see the Info files.
.TP
.B \-h, \-\-help
Show summary of options.
.TP
.B \-v, \-\-version
Show version of program.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR bar (1),
.BR baz (1).
.br
The programs are documented fully by
.IR "The Rise and Fall of a Fooish Bar" ,
available via the Info system.
.SH AUTHOR
botcommander was written by <upstream author>.
.PP
This manual page was written by Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@botcommander.hu>,
for the Debian project (but may be used by others).

156
debian/manpage.sgml.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'. You may view
the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
less'. A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
manpage.1: manpage.sgml
docbook-to-man $< > $@
The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
-->
<!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
<!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>FIRSTNAME</firstname>">
<!ENTITY dhsurname "<surname>SURNAME</surname>">
<!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
<!ENTITY dhdate "<date>szeptember 11, 2006</date>">
<!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
<!ENTITY dhsection "<manvolnum>SECTION</manvolnum>">
<!ENTITY dhemail "<email>polesz@botcommander.hu</email>">
<!ENTITY dhusername "Gergely POLONKAI">
<!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>BOTCOMMANDER</refentrytitle>">
<!ENTITY dhpackage "botcommander">
<!ENTITY debian "<productname>Debian</productname>">
<!ENTITY gnu "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
<!ENTITY gpl "&gnu; <acronym>GPL</acronym>">
]>
<refentry>
<refentryinfo>
<address>
&dhemail;
</address>
<author>
&dhfirstname;
&dhsurname;
</author>
<copyright>
<year>2003</year>
<holder>&dhusername;</holder>
</copyright>
&dhdate;
</refentryinfo>
<refmeta>
&dhucpackage;
&dhsection;
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
<refpurpose>program to do something</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsynopsisdiv>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>&dhpackage;</command>
<arg><option>-e <replaceable>this</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--example <replaceable>that</replaceable></option></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>This manual page documents briefly the
<command>&dhpackage;</command> and <command>bar</command>
commands.</para>
<para>This manual page was written for the &debian; distribution
because the original program does not have a manual page.
Instead, it has documentation in the &gnu;
<application>Info</application> format; see below.</para>
<para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a program that...</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>These programs follow the usual &gnu; command line syntax,
with long options starting with two dashes (`-'). A summary of
options is included below. For a complete description, see the
<application>Info</application> files.</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-h</option>
<option>--help</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Show summary of options.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-v</option>
<option>--version</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Show version of program.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para>bar (1), baz (1).</para>
<para>The programs are documented fully by <citetitle>The Rise and
Fall of a Fooish Bar</citetitle> available via the
<application>Info</application> system.</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>This manual page was written by &dhusername; &dhemail; for
the &debian; system (but may be used by others). Permission is
granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under
the terms of the &gnu; General Public License, Version 2 any
later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
</para>
<para>
On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public
License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:2
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:nil
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

148
debian/manpage.xml.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
<!--
Process this file with an XSLT processor: `xsltproc \
-''-nonet /usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/xsl/nwalsh/\
manpages/docbook.xsl manpage.dbk'. A manual page
<package>.<section> will be generated. You may view the
manual page with: nroff -man <package>.<section> | less'. A
typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
DB2MAN=/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/xsl/nwalsh/\
manpages/docbook.xsl
XP=xsltproc -''-nonet
manpage.1: manpage.dbk
$(XP) $(DB2MAN) $<
The xsltproc binary is found in the xsltproc package. The
XSL files are in docbook-xsl. Please remember that if you
create the nroff version in one of the debian/rules file
targets (such as build), you will need to include xsltproc
and docbook-xsl in your Build-Depends control field.
-->
<!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
<!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>FIRSTNAME</firstname>">
<!ENTITY dhsurname "<surname>SURNAME</surname>">
<!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
<!ENTITY dhdate "<date>szeptember 11, 2006</date>">
<!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
<!ENTITY dhsection "<manvolnum>SECTION</manvolnum>">
<!ENTITY dhemail "<email>polesz@botcommander.hu</email>">
<!ENTITY dhusername "Gergely POLONKAI">
<!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>BOTCOMMANDER</refentrytitle>">
<!ENTITY dhpackage "botcommander">
<!ENTITY debian "<productname>Debian</productname>">
<!ENTITY gnu "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
<!ENTITY gpl "&gnu; <acronym>GPL</acronym>">
]>
<refentry>
<refentryinfo>
<address>
&dhemail;
</address>
<author>
&dhfirstname;
&dhsurname;
</author>
<copyright>
<year>2003</year>
<holder>&dhusername;</holder>
</copyright>
&dhdate;
</refentryinfo>
<refmeta>
&dhucpackage;
&dhsection;
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
<refpurpose>program to do something</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsynopsisdiv>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>&dhpackage;</command>
<arg><option>-e <replaceable>this</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--example <replaceable>that</replaceable></option></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>This manual page documents briefly the
<command>&dhpackage;</command> and <command>bar</command>
commands.</para>
<para>This manual page was written for the &debian; distribution
because the original program does not have a manual page.
Instead, it has documentation in the &gnu;
<application>Info</application> format; see below.</para>
<para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a program that...</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>These programs follow the usual &gnu; command line syntax,
with long options starting with two dashes (`-'). A summary of
options is included below. For a complete description, see the
<application>Info</application> files.</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-h</option>
<option>--help</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Show summary of options.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-v</option>
<option>--version</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Show version of program.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para>bar (1), baz (1).</para>
<para>The programs are documented fully by <citetitle>The Rise and
Fall of a Fooish Bar</citetitle> available via the
<application>Info</application> system.</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>This manual page was written by &dhusername; &dhemail; for
the &debian; system (but may be used by others). Permission is
granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under
the terms of the &gnu; General Public License, Version 2 any
later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
</para>
<para>
On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public
License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

2
debian/menu.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
?package(botcommander):needs="X11|text|vc|wm" section="Apps/see-menu-manual"\
title="botcommander" command="/usr/bin/botcommander"

42
debian/postinst.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
#!/bin/sh
# postinst script for botcommander
#
# see: dh_installdeb(1)
set -e
# summary of how this script can be called:
# * <postinst> `configure' <most-recently-configured-version>
# * <old-postinst> `abort-upgrade' <new version>
# * <conflictor's-postinst> `abort-remove' `in-favour' <package>
# <new-version>
# * <deconfigured's-postinst> `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour'
# <failed-install-package> <version> `removing'
# <conflicting-package> <version>
# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or
# the debian-policy package
#
case "$1" in
configure)
;;
abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure)
;;
*)
echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
exit 1
;;
esac
# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
# generated by other debhelper scripts.
#DEBHELPER#
exit 0

38
debian/postrm.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
#!/bin/sh
# postrm script for botcommander
#
# see: dh_installdeb(1)
set -e
# summary of how this script can be called:
# * <postrm> `remove'
# * <postrm> `purge'
# * <old-postrm> `upgrade' <new-version>
# * <new-postrm> `failed-upgrade' <old-version>
# * <new-postrm> `abort-install'
# * <new-postrm> `abort-install' <old-version>
# * <new-postrm> `abort-upgrade' <old-version>
# * <disappearer's-postrm> `disappear' <r>overwrit>r> <new-version>
# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or
# the debian-policy package
case "$1" in
purge|remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear)
;;
*)
echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
exit 1
esac
# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
# generated by other debhelper scripts.
#DEBHELPER#
exit 0

38
debian/preinst.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
#!/bin/sh
# preinst script for botcommander
#
# see: dh_installdeb(1)
set -e
# summary of how this script can be called:
# * <new-preinst> `install'
# * <new-preinst> `install' <old-version>
# * <new-preinst> `upgrade' <old-version>
# * <old-preinst> `abort-upgrade' <new-version>
#
# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or
# the debian-policy package
case "$1" in
install|upgrade)
;;
abort-upgrade)
;;
*)
echo "preinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
exit 1
;;
esac
# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
# generated by other debhelper scripts.
#DEBHELPER#
exit 0

38
debian/prerm.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
#!/bin/sh
# prerm script for botcommander
#
# see: dh_installdeb(1)
set -e
# summary of how this script can be called:
# * <prerm> `remove'
# * <old-prerm> `upgrade' <new-version>
# * <new-prerm> `failed-upgrade' <old-version>
# * <conflictor's-prerm> `remove' `in-favour' <package> <new-version>
# * <deconfigured's-prerm> `deconfigure' `in-favour'
# <package-being-installed> <version> `removing'
# <conflicting-package> <version>
# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or
# the debian-policy package
case "$1" in
remove|upgrade|deconfigure)
;;
failed-upgrade)
;;
*)
echo "prerm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
exit 1
;;
esac
# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
# generated by other debhelper scripts.
#DEBHELPER#
exit 0

107
debian/rules vendored Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
#!/usr/bin/make -f
# -*- makefile -*-
# Sample debian/rules that uses debhelper.
# This file was originally written by Joey Hess and Craig Small.
# As a special exception, when this file is copied by dh-make into a
# dh-make output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
# This special exception was added by Craig Small in version 0.37 of dh-make.
# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
#export DH_VERBOSE=1
# These are used for cross-compiling and for saving the configure script
# from having to guess our platform (since we know it already)
DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)
DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)
CFLAGS = -Wall -g
ifneq (,$(findstring noopt,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS)))
CFLAGS += -O0
else
CFLAGS += -O2
endif
config.status: configure
dh_testdir
# Add here commands to configure the package.
./configure --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE) --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) --prefix=/usr --mandir=\$${prefix}/share/man --infodir=\$${prefix}/share/info CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="-Wl,-z,defs" --with-gconf-schema-file-dir=\$${prefix}/share/gconf/schemas
build: build-stamp
build-stamp: config.status
dh_testdir
# Add here commands to compile the package.
$(MAKE)
#docbook-to-man debian/botcommander.sgml > botcommander.1
touch $@
clean:
dh_testdir
dh_testroot
rm -f build-stamp
# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
-$(MAKE) distclean
ifneq "$(wildcard /usr/share/misc/config.sub)" ""
cp -f /usr/share/misc/config.sub config.sub
endif
ifneq "$(wildcard /usr/share/misc/config.guess)" ""
cp -f /usr/share/misc/config.guess config.guess
endif
dh_clean
install: build
dh_testdir
dh_testroot
dh_clean -k
dh_installdirs
# Add here commands to install the package into debian/botcommander.
$(MAKE) install prefix=$(CURDIR)/debian/botcommander/usr
# Build architecture-independent files here.
binary-indep: build install
# We have nothing to do by default.
# Build architecture-dependent files here.
binary-arch: build install
dh_testdir
dh_testroot
dh_installchangelogs
dh_installdocs
dh_installexamples
# dh_install
# dh_installmenu
# dh_installdebconf
# dh_installlogrotate
# dh_installemacsen
# dh_installpam
# dh_installmime
# dh_python
# dh_installinit
# dh_installcron
# dh_installinfo
dh_installman
dh_link
dh_strip
dh_compress
dh_fixperms
# dh_perl
# dh_makeshlibs
dh_installdeb
dh_shlibdeps
dh_gencontrol
dh_md5sums
dh_builddeb
binary: binary-indep binary-arch
.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install

22
debian/watch.ex vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# Example watch control file for uscan
# Rename this file to "watch" and then you can run the "uscan" command
# to check for upstream updates and more.
# See uscan(1) for format
# Compulsory line, this is a version 3 file
version=3
# Uncomment to examine a Webpage
# <Webpage URL> <string match>
#http://www.example.com/downloads.php botcommander-(.*)\.tar\.gz
# Uncomment to examine a Webserver directory
#http://www.example.com/pub/botcommander-(.*)\.tar\.gz
# Uncommment to examine a FTP server
#ftp://ftp.example.com/pub/botcommander-(.*)\.tar\.gz debian uupdate
# Uncomment to find new files on sourceforge, for debscripts >= 2.9
# http://sf.net/botcommander/botcommander-(.*)\.tar\.gz

31
doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
include ../rules
TEXI2PDF = @TEXI2PDF@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
prefix = @prefix@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
PDFTARGETDIR = @pdfdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
all: $(DOC_OBJECTS)
botcommander.pdf: botcommander.texinfo
$(TEXI2PDF) botcommander.texinfo
clean:
$(RM) $(DOC_OBJECTS)
$(RM) botcommander.aux botcommander.cp botcommander.cps botcommander.fn \
botcommander.ky botcommander.log botcommander.pg botcommander.toc \
botcommander.tp botcommander.vr
distclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile config.status config.cache config.log
install: all
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(PDFTARGETDIR)
$(INSTALL) -m 0644 botcommander.pdf $(PDFTARGETDIR)
.PHONY: all clean distclean install

View File

@ -1,212 +1,349 @@
\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
@c %**start of header
\input texinfo
@c vim:textwidth=80
@c Header
@setfilename botcommander.info
@settitle BOTCOMMANDER 1.0
@c %**end of header
@include version.texinfo
@settitle BotCommander @value{VERSION}
@documentdescription
BotCommander manual for version @value{VERSION}
@end documentdescription
@setchapternewpage odd
@firstparagraphindent insert
@c Summary and Copyright
@copying
This manual is for BotCommander, version 1.0
This manual is for BotCommander
(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
which is a specialized telnet client.
Copyright @copyright{} 2004-2008 Gergely POLONKAI.
Copyright @copyright{} 2005, Gergely POLONKAI
@quotation
Permission is granted to copy and rewrite of this file regarding you mention the name of the original author
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the
license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation
License.''
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free
Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
@end quotation
@end copying
@titlepage
@title BotCommander, v1.0
@center @titlefont{BotCommander, v1.0}
@subtitle Complete manual, written by the author
@author Gergely POLONKAI
Permission is granted to copy and rewrite of this file regarding you mention the name of the original author
@dircategory Network Applications
@direntry
* BotCommander: (botcommander).
@end direntry
@c The following two commands start the copyright page
@c Title and Copyright
@titlepage
@title BotCommander
@subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
@author Gergely POLONKAI (@email{polesz@@botcommander.hu})
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@insertcopying
@end titlepage
@c Let's print the TOC first
@contents
@documentdescription
BotCommander User's Manual
@end documentdescription
@setchapternewpage on
@paragraphindent 2
@firstparagraphindent insert
@exampleindent 5
@c Top node and master menu
@ifnottex
@node Top, About, (dir), (dir)
@top BotCommander v1.0 User's manual
@node Top, About, , (dir)
@top BotCommander
@insertcopying
Some text
@menu
* About:: About this program
* Usage:: Usage of the program
* Plans:: Things I want to implement
@end menu
@end ifnottex
@node About, Modes, Top, Top
@menu
* About:: About the application
* Overview:: Features of BotCommander
* Installation:: How to install BotCommander
* Invoking:: Command line arguments
* Commands:: Internal commands
* Configuration:: The setup window
* Plans:: Plans in future versions
* Index:: Index
@end menu
@c Body
@node About, Overview, Top, Top
@chapter About BotCommander
BotCommander is a small tool, originally written for the Gnome2 interface, to remotely manage your @uref{http://www.eggheads.org/, eggdrop} IRC bots.
@cindex about
Actually, it's acting as a small, configurable telnet client, but it will know a bit more. For example, it will have command-line history. While you cannot recall your previous command in a simple telnet client, you will be able to do it with this program. As it uses a GTK-Entry for the command line, you can also edit the recalled command.
@cindex homepage
The program uses gconf2 to store it's configuration data. You can configure it to use a samba-like config file instead, so you won't depend that heavily on gnome2. In the near future I plan xml config backend support.
You can reach the project's homepage at @url{http://www.botcommander.hu/}.
The main widget of the program is a vte-terminal, which (as I know), is also the part of the GTK2 project. (If you know something else, please let me know) If you are using gnome (and maybe gnome-terminal), vte is already installed on your system (altough you have to install the devel files, if you want to compile BotCommander yourself).
@cindex description
The code is in beta status, but it isn't ready yet. You can see how will it look like, also can use it for connecting and giving commands to your bots, and decide if you will like it or not. The commands I want to implement are missing yet.
BotCommander is a small tool, originally written for the Gnome2 interface, to
remotely manage your @url{http://www.eggheads.org/, eggdrop} IRC bots.@*
Actually, it's acting as a small, configurable telnet client, but it will know a
bit more. For example, it has command-line history. While you cannot recall your
previous command in a simple telnet client, you will be able to do it with this
program. As it uses a text box for the command line, you can easily edit that
command.
Suggestions, bugs and such can be submitted on the @uref{http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/botcommander/, project page}.
The program uses @url{http://www.gnome.org/projects/gconf/, GConf2}
to store its configuration data. You can configure it to use a samba-like config
file instead, so you won't depend that heavily on @url{http://www.gnome.org/,
Gnome 2}, @xref{Installation}. In the near future I also plan
@url{http://www.w3.org/XML/, XML} config backend support.
BotCommander icon is from Eggdrop's official homepage. I will draw a new one, but until then, this is perfect. Best regards: Gergely POLONKAI, the developer of BotCommander.
On 28 August, 2006 I decided to drop this plan, and also the samba-like config
backend for a longer period. I think the application should first function, and
only after that I can create such addons.
Here is a listing of the features currently available.
@cindex status
@menu
* Modes::
* Tabbed interface::
@end menu
The code is in alpha status. You can see how will it look like, also can use
for one connection, and decide if you will like it or not.
@node Modes, Tabbed interface, About, About
@section Modes
@cindex icon
There are three modes: BotCommander Command Mode (B), Eggdrop Command Mode (E) and Message Mode (M).
BotCommander icon is from @url{http://www.eggheads.org/, Eggdrop}'s official
homepage. I will draw a new one, but until then, this is perfect.
Irrespectively of which mode you are in, you can give any command. If you are in mode M, but you have to execute a botcommander command, prefix it with a slash.
@node Overview, Installation, About, Top
@chapter Features
BotCommander is a telnet client and much more. It can connect to one or more
@url{http://www.eggheads.org/, eggdrop} IRC bots, and give commands to them. In
the near future it will also possible to give the same command to each connected
bots.
Unlike the normal telnet client, this program has command line editing and
recalling possibilities. E.g if you have a long command line such
@code{
.process very much ugly paramters username
}
@*what you have to run multiple times, and in which you only change the username,
it is possible to recall the previous command, change the username, and send the
changed command. Thus, you don't have to enter the whole line again and again.
It uses @url{http://www.gtk.org/, GTK2} and some @url{http://www.gnome.org/,
GnomeUI} components, and stores its configuration data in
@url{http://www.gnome.org/projects/gconf/, GConf2}.
As it uses tabs, you can connect to many bots in one application, and at last
you won't have one icon for every bot in your task bar.
If you want (and you are at least have global +o in the bot), you can have a
sidebar on your tabs, in which you can see a list of the channels and the users
you have. For this, you will need to install the @file{botcommander.tcl} script
(can be found in the @file{eggdrop/} directory) in your bot (@code{.source
botcommander.tcl}). When the script loads, or when someone connects to the bot
via DCC
@node Installation, Invoking, Overview, Top
@chapter How to install?
@cindex installation
As BotCommander is currently in alpha phase, you cannot compile it with the
usual
@example
/QUIT
./configure
make
make install
@end example
If you are e.g in mode B, and want to execute an eggdrop command, prefix it with a dot.
sequence. First, you should edit the config.h file, and change the location of
the pixmaps dir. Then You should run @code{make check} to check if all the
required packages are installed on your system. At the moment these are
@example
.die
@end example
If you are in mode E, and want to send a message to the bot, prefix it with a worm :)
@example
@@Hello everyone!
@end example
@node Tabbed interface, Usage, Modes, About
@section Tabbed interface
Since version 1.0pre1 you can connect to multiple bots on tabs. I made this so I don't have to have one window for each bot, but all of my bots can beside in the same window.
You can open a new tab from the Bot menu, with the New tab menuitem. I put a close button on each tab, so you can easily close them, but if you prefer using menus, you can do it from there, too.
@node Usage, Command line parameters, Tabbed interface, Top
@chapter Usage
In this section you will get information on how to use this program. I will try to explain how does menus work, what commands can you use, etc.
@menu
* Command line parameters:: Explaining command line parameters
* Menus:: Explanation of the menus
* Commands:: Commands can be used
@end menu
@node Command line parameters, Menus, Usage, Usage
@section Command line parameters
Here I will explain all the command line parameters. There are none yet, so this section is very short...
@node Menus, Commands, Command line parameters, Usage
@section Menus
In this section I will explain the meaning of each menu items.
BotCommander has a small amount of menus yet, because I'm focusing on the commands I want to implement. After those are ready (or at least almost ready), I will put many of them into the menu system.
@node Commands, QUIT command, Menus, Usage
@section Commands
Here I will tell you about all the commands you can use. There are not too many of them, but there will be. BotCommander will be command-oriented :)
@menu
* QUIT command::
* EXIT command::
* MODE command::
* CONNECT command::
@end menu
@node QUIT command, EXIT command, Commands, Commands
@subsection The QUIT command
This command exits BotCommander. Nowadays, it just calls exit(), as I remember, but in a stable version, if a connection is still open, it will ask the user if (s)he really wants to quit...
@node EXIT command, MODE command, QUIT command, Commands
@subsection The EXIT command
This is just an alias for QUIT.
@node MODE command, CONNECT command, EXIT command, Commands
@subsection The MODE command
In BotCommander there are three modes. BotCommander Command Mode (B), Eggdrop Command Mode (E) and Message Mode (M). With this command you can switch between modes. I'm planning to assign hotkeys (F5-F7) to mode switching, but I just can't find out, how...
@node CONNECT command, Plans, MODE command, Commands
@subsection The CONNECT command
This connects to a bot. Currently it has one syntax:
@example
CONNECT host.of.my.bot portnumber
@end example
This will connect to the host host.of.my.bot, on the port portnumber.
I'm planning a bot list, which will be managed through a separate window named Bot list, and with the commands ADDBOT, DELBOT and MODBOT. When it is done, you will be able to use another syntax:
@example
CONNECT botname
@end example
This will connect to the bot which occurs in the bot list with the name botname.
@node Plans, , CONNECT command, Top
@chapter Plans
There are many things I want to implement in the future. Here are some. Some of them are under coding right now, but many will only be in the very future versions.
@itemize @bullet
@itemize
@item
XML configuration backend
pkg-config
@item
Command-line history
gtk
@item
CONNECT botname will connect to the given bot
vte
@item
ADDBOT botname host port [nick] will add a new bot to the bot list
gconf2
@item
DELBOT botname will remove a bot from the bot list
@item
BOTLIST will open up the internal bot list window
@item
PREFS will open up the Preferences dialog box
@item
A bot list window, where you can easily organize your bots
@item
Scripting. BC will be able to run small scripts, perhaps in TCL
@item
Macros and command aliases, so you have to type only one command to achieve the same as you type in many
@item
Windows port. This will be in the very far future
gnomeui2
@end itemize
If all is OK, simply run @code{make}. If nothing goes wrong, the binary will be
src/botcommander.
If you want to install BotCommander, copy the binary to /usr/local/bin. You
should change the @code{PIXMAPSDIR} variable in @file{config.h} to something
like @code{/usr/local/share/botcommander}, and recompile the whole thing.
@node Invoking, Commands, Installation, Top
@chapter Command line arguments
@cindex command line args
No command line arguments are defined yet. This means that BotCommander
currently accepts the @url{http://www.gnome.org/, Gnome} and
@url{http://www.gtk.org, GTK} standard command line parameters.
Yet I don't even have any plans for such parameters.
@node Commands, QUIT, Invoking, Top
@chapter Internal commands
@cindex command
BotCommander is a bit like an IRC client. As is, there are many commands built
in.
Most of the commands can be abbreviated. This means you can shorten a command
while it is still obvious.
For example, you can write @code{CON botname} instead of
@code{CONNECT botname}, as no other commands begin with ``CON''.
However, there are some ``dangerous'' commands which cannot be abbreviated. One
such command is QUIT.
@cindex internal command list
@menu
* QUIT:: Exits BotCommander
* CLOSE:: Closes the active tab
* CONNECT:: Connects to a bot or a host
* ASSIGN:: Assigns a bot to the active tab
* MODE:: Changes the mode in the current tab
* HISTLIST:: Lists the previously issued commands and sent messages
* BOTLIST:: Opens the bot list window
* PREFERENCES:: Opens the setup dialog
* DISCONNECT:: Disconnects the current tab
@end menu
@node QUIT, CLOSE, Commands, Commands
@section The QUIT command
@cindex command, QUIT
This command simply exists BotCommander.
If at least one tab is open with an opened connection, BotCommander will pop up
a dialog if the user really wants to exit.
These commands cannot be abbreviated.
@node CLOSE, CONNECT, QUIT, Commands
@section The CLOSE command
@cindex command, CLOSE
This will close the active tab. If a connection is opened in the tab,
BotCommander will pop up a dialog if the user really wants to do that.
@node CONNECT, ASSIGN, CLOSE, Commands
@section The CONNECT command
@cindex command, CONNECT
This will open a connection. You can use it in several ways.
If you have already assigned a bot to the tab with the ASSIGN (@xref{ASSIGN}.) command,
you can use it without parameters, so it will connect to the assigned bot.
If you have a bot in your bot list, you can connect to it with @code{CONNECT
botname}. It will also assign that bot to the tab.
You can use it in the form @code{CONNECT host port}.
@node ASSIGN, MODE, CONNECT, Commands
@section The ASSIGN command
@cindex command, ASSIGN
Assigns a bot to the active tab. You can use it in the form @code{ASSING
botname} or @code{ASSIGN host port}. After assigning a bot, you can use the
@code{CONNECT} command without parameters to connect to the bot.
@node MODE, HISTLIST, ASSIGN, Commands
@section The MODE command
@cindex command, MODE
Sets the mode in the current tab. It has only one parameter, the new mode
character. It can be B for BotCommander command mode, E for Eggdrop command mode
or M for Message mode.
You can see the current mode in the right side of the status bar.
@node HISTLIST, BOTLIST, MODE, Commands
@section The HISTLIST command
@cindex command, HISTLIST
It's a very useless command. Prints out all the commands and messages you
entered in the current tab.
@node BOTLIST, PREFERENCES, HISTLIST, Commands
@section The BOTLIST command
@cindex command, BOTLIST
This command simply opens the bot list dialog window.
@node PREFERENCES, DISCONNECT, BOTLIST, Commands
@section The PREFERENCES command
@cindex command, PREFERENCES
This command simply opens the setup dialog.
@node DISCONNECT, Configuration, PREFERENCES, Commands
@section The DISCONNECT command
@cindex command, DISCONNECT
This command forces the disconnection of the current tab. This is useful if you
try to connect a bot which doesn't respond, and you don't want to wait for the
"connection timeout" message before connecting to somewhere else.
@node Configuration, Plans, DISCONNECT, Top
@chapter The preferences window
@node Plans, Index, Configuration, Top
@chapter Future plans
@cindex plans
@itemize
@item
ADDBOT botname host port [nick] will add a new bot to the bot list
@item
DELBOT botname will remove a bot from the bot list
@item
Scripting. BotCommander will be able to run small scripts, perhaps in TCL
@item
Macros and command aliases, so you have to type only one command to achieve the
same as you type in many
@item
Windows port. This will be done after the whole application is functioning. So
this will be in the very far future, though I already got requests for it
@end itemize
@node Index, , Plans, Top
@unnumbered Index
@printindex cp
@c End
@bye

542
doc/botcommander.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd">
<book>
<title>BotCommander</title>
<bookinfo>
<author>
<personname>
<firstname>Gergely</firstname>
<surname>POLONKAI</surname>
</personname>
<email>polesz@botcommander.hu</email>
</author>
<copyright>
<year>2005-2007</year>
<holder>Gergely POLONKAI</holder>
</copyright>
</bookinfo>
<dedication>
<beginpage />
<para>I dedicate this book to my girlfriend, as she was so patient while I
wrote it.</para>
</dedication>
<toc>
<beginpage />
<title>Table of Contents</title>
<tocpart>
<tocentry>Part I: About BotCommander and this book</tocentry>
<tocchap>
<tocentry>Chapter 1: Who should read this book?</tocentry>
</tocchap>
<tocchap>
<tocentry>Chapter 2: About BotCommander</tocentry>
</tocchap>
</tocpart>
</toc>
<preface>
<beginpage />
<title>Preface</title>
<para>This document tries to explain the history and usage of the software
BotCommander briefly.</para>
</preface>
<part>
<title>About BotCommander and this book</title>
<chapter>
<title>Who should read this book?</title>
<para><itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Everyone, who handles at least one eggdrop IRC bot</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Everyone, who wants to write addons (modules) for
BotCommander</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Everyone, who wants to learn the script-writing methods for
BotCommander</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
</chapter>
<chapter>
<title>About BotCommander</title>
<para>BotCommander is a specialized telnet client, and a bit more. It is
specialized in eggdrop IRC bot handling, enhanced with scripting
possibility, and may also be enhanced with self-written modules (just
like eggdrop itself).</para>
<para>The project has its own homepage at
<uri>http://www.botcommander.hu/</uri></para>
</chapter>
<chapter>
<title>BotCommander features</title>
<glosslist>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>Command line history</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>BotCommander has command line history. This means you can
recall your previous commands with the Up/Down keys, edit them,
and/or issue them again.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>Tabbed interface</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>BotCommander has a tabbed interface, which means you can
have several connections in only one window - just like an IRC, or
IM client.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>Channel and user list</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>If you have the correct permissions, you can have a list of
the bot's users and channels; also you will be able to manage
these: change user and channel flags and more. However, this
feature requires a small TCL script to be loaded in the bot (that
script is provided with BotCommander).</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
</glosslist>
</chapter>
<chapter>
<title>Some technical background</title>
<para>BotCommander uses GConf2 to store its configuration, and all
bot-related data. The graphical part (the widgets) are from GTK+
(currently using 2.6 features), and some are from libgnomeui.</para>
</chapter>
</part>
<part>
<title>Installation</title>
<preface>
<title>About this part</title>
<para>In this chapter you will learn about the installation methods of
BotCommander. You will be able to install BotCommander under several
Linux distributions, such as Debian and Gentoo, and also will know how
to install it from the sources.</para>
</preface>
<chapter>
<title>Install on Debian machines</title>
<para>For a few years, I was a hardcore Debian-user. Thus, it was almost
my first task to create a Debian package out of BotCommander.</para>
<para>I also created a Debian repository, so it is an easy task to
install BotCommander under a Debian system. Just add the following lines
to your <filename>sources list</filename> file.</para>
<example>
<title>The <filename>sources.list</filename> snippet required to
install BotCommander .deb packages with apt.</title>
<para>deb http://www.botcommander.hu/debian testing main</para>
<para>deb-src http://www.botcommander.hu/debian testing main</para>
</example>
<para>This snippet is only for debian etch (as of writing, at the end of
2006).</para>
</chapter>
<chapter>
<title>Install on Gentoo machines</title>
<para>After my Debian years, my next Linux-breed was Gentoo. It's
absolutely does what the user wants (sure, if the user is smart enough).
After a few days of coding, a Gentoo ebuild was born. It is the part of
the BotCommander package, can be downloaded from
<uri>http://www.botcommander.hu/</uri>, and I'm also trying to add it to
the official Gentoo portage.</para>
</chapter>
<chapter>
<title>Install from sources</title>
<para>If you are not the user of the above systems, then currently no
package exists for your needs. I'm really sorry for that, but I always
welcome if someone sends me a package for any OS-es.</para>
<para>So, you arrived here, you want to install BotCommander from
sources. This is good, but has some prerequisites: you will need bunch
of software you may not currently have installed. I'm trying to make
this list as correct as possible, but it may happen that I forgot about
something. I'm really sorry if so.</para>
<glosslist>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>autoconf v2.60</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>This is required only if you want to compile the SVN tree,
as it doesn't contain a configure script.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>gcc</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>gcc is the GNU C Compiler. This is a necessary tool.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>gdk-pixbuf</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>This is the GDK-pixbuf library, required by BotCommander to
render some icons.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>glib</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>This is the GLib library. BotCommander uses its
memory-handling routines.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>GTK+ v2.6.2 or greater</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>This is the GTK library. BotCommander uses its widgets
heavily.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>libgnome2</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>This is the Gnome library. BotCommander uses some widgets in
it.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>libgnomeui2</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>This is the Gnome-UI library. BotCommander uses the file
open dialog from it.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>VTE</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>This is the VTE (Virtual Terminal Emulation) library.
BotCommander displays all the bot-messages in such a
widget.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>GNU Gettext package</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>This package is required for BotCommander to speak many
languages. I'm trying to make this one optional, so one will be
able to compile BotCommander without multilingual support (may be
good for english-speaking people, and for minimalist
systems)</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
</glosslist>
</chapter>
</part>
<part>
<title>Basic eggdrop usage</title>
<preface>
<title>Terms and assumptions</title>
<para>Throughout this part we assume that you install your bot yourself,
and thus you have an owner flag in it. Many functions are not
accessible, if you don't possess that +n flag.</para>
</preface>
<chapter>
<title>Compiling and installing eggdrop</title>
<note>
<para>This chapter assumes that you have TCL installed system-wide. If
not, please consult the eggdrop manual on how to install it for one
single user, and how to make eggdrop use that library. I also assume
that you know how to use the basic Unix/Linux commands, such as tar,
thus you can unpack the eggdrop archive.</para>
</note>
<para>First things first, you much fetch eggdrop from somewhere. The
best place for this is eggheads' homepage at
<uri>http://www.eggheads.org/</uri>. Download the latest version (as of
writing, it is 1.6.18), and unpack it. Then enter the unpacked
distibution's directory, and issue the following commands:</para>
<example>
<title>Commands to configure and compile eggdrop</title>
<para>./configure</para>
<para>make iconfig</para>
<para>make</para>
</example>
<para>After issuing <command>make iconfig</command>, that script will
ask you several questions if you want to install this-or-that module.
Read the module descriptions, and choose whichever you need.</para>
<note>
<para>I'm currently planning to write my
<filename>botcommander.tcl</filename> script as an eggdrop module. If
I'm ready with that, I will instruct you how to compile new modules
for eggdrop.</para>
</note>
<para>After <command>make</command> finishes without errors, you can
issue the last, <command>make install</command> command. This will
install eggdrop to the given directory (if none was given, the default
is <filename>$HOME/eggdrop</filename>.</para>
</chapter>
<chapter>
<title>Configuring your bot</title>
<para>Configuring eggdrop is a long, yet not hard process, which
requires almost no understanding of eggdrop, if you know english.</para>
<note>
<para>The following is only a suggestion; contains my way on
configuring an eggdrop bot.You may do it several other ways; it's up
to you. However, if you read through this chapter, and follow my
words, I will assume that the name you have chosen your bot is
<acronym>BCbot</acronym>.</para>
</note>
<para>First of all, enter the directory which contains your eggdrop
installation. As said in the previous chapter, by default it is
<filename>$HOME/eggdrop</filename>. After that, make a copy of
eggdrop.conf with a filename as you will call your bot; then make it
executable for at least yourself.</para>
<example>
<title>Copy eggdrop.conf to your own file, and make it
executable.</title>
<para>cp eggdrop.conf BCbot</para>
<para>chmow 755 BCbot</para>
</example>
<para>Now begin to edit your newly created configuration. The most
important thing (of course, if you follow my way) it the very first row,
which now looks like this:</para>
<para><code>#! /path/to/executable/eggdrop</code></para>
<para>This tells the Unix/Linux shell to use
<filename>/path/to/executable/eggdrop</filename> to interpret this file.
Thus, the shell, instead of trying on interpreting the command in that
file, will run the given command with this file as a parameter. Unless
your eggdrop is at that location, you must change that line to something
like this:</para>
<para><code>#! /home/yourusername/eggdrop/eggdrop</code></para>
</chapter>
</part>
<part>
<title>Usage</title>
<chapter>
<title>Command line parameters</title>
<para>BotCommander doesn't have any defined command line parameters.
This means that it accepts only the standard Gnome and GTK+ parameters
only. I don't even have any plans on defining such things (yet).</para>
</chapter>
<chapter>
<title>Built-in commands</title>
<para>BotCommander has several built-in commands. These can be called
from BotCommander or external scripts, thus extending BotCommander's
functionality.</para>
<para>Most of these commands can be abbreviated. This means that you can
cut off the end of the commands, until it is obvious to the application.
For example, as of the time of writing, the CONNECT command can be
abbreviated as CON.</para>
<para>There are some "dangerous" commands, such as QUIT, which cannot be
abbreviated, so - in this case - you won't exit BotCommander if you
accidently type in the Q command.</para>
<section>
<title>QUIT</title>
<para>The QUIT command does what it should according to its name:
exits BotCommander.</para>
<para>If at least one connected tab is open, a small dialog will pop
up, asking if you are serious about quitting.</para>
<para>This command cannot be abbreviated.</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>CLOSE</title>
<para>This command closes the currently active tab. If there is an
active connection in that tab, a dialog will pop up asking if you
really want to do that.</para>
<para>This command cannot be abbreviated.</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>CONNECT</title>
<para>This will open a connection in the current tab. It has many
different invokations, depending on the parameters given.</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>CONNECT without parameters will work if you previously
assigned a bot to the active tab with the ASSIGN command. If so,
the connection will be open to the given bot.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>CONNECT botname will connect to the named bot in the bot
list.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>CONNECT host port will connect to the specified host, on the
specified port. This can be useful, if you want to connect to a
bot only once, e.g to check some settings or such.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>CONNECT host port username does exactly as the above
command, but it will automatically send the given username also.
This will be useful as the initial connection to a bot, as I'm
planning to implement a SAVEBOT command, which will do just what
it name suggests: save the current bot to the bot list.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
<section>
<title>ASSIGN</title>
<para>The ASSIGN command does the same as CONNECT, with only one
difference: it won't connect. It will assign all the connection
parameters to the current tab, so when you are ready, you can use the
CONNECT command without any parameters to do the actual
connection.</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>MODE</title>
<para>The MODE command changes the current tab's mode. You can read
more about modes in <xref linkend="chap_modes" /></para>
</section>
</chapter>
<chapter id="chap_modes">
<title>Modes</title>
<para>BotCommander uses modes to distinguish between commands addressed
to itself, and addressed to the connected bot.</para>
<para>There are three modes, identified by their english names' first
character.</para>
<glosslist>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>B, or BotCommander command mode (/)</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>In this mode, entered text is validated against the commands
built in to BotCommander, or commands provided by scripts and
modules.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>E, or Eggdrop command mode (.)</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>In this mode, text is sent to the connected bot (if any), so
eggdrop itself will validate it.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>M, or Message mode (@)</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>In this mode, entered text is sent to the connected bot. As
you see, it is just the same as E mode, but there is a small
difference. If the entered text begins with a dot (.), eggdrop
would identify and parse it as a command. So in this case, the
entered text is prefixed with a space.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
</glosslist>
<para>You can change between these modes in the Mode menu, or with
hotkeys (Ctrl-B, Ctrl-E and Ctrl-M respectively). However, if you want
to use one specific mode for a long time, and issue one line in a
different mode, you can prefix your text with the character in
parentheses in the above list. E.g if you use Message mode for hours,
and want to issue one BotCommander command, you can do it by entering
/COMMAND. As this happens, BotCommander will parse and execute the given
row as a BotCommander command, and return to message mode.</para>
</chapter>
</part>
</book>

2
doc/version.texinfo Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
@set VERSION 1.0
@set UPDATED 15 November 2005

50
eggdrop/botcommander.tcl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
bind chon - * botcommander:chon
bind dcc - botcomm_chanlist botcommander:chanlist
bind dcc - botcomm_userlist botcommander:userlist
bind dcc - botcomm_chanprop botcommander:chanprop
proc botcommander:chon {handle connid} {
putdcc $connid "BC+ ABILITY\r\n"
}
proc botcommander:chanlist {handle connid params} {
if {[matchattr $handle o]} {
putdcc $connid "BC+ CHANLIST_START\r\n"
foreach chan [channels] {
set active [channel get $chan inactive]
if {$active != 0} { set active 0 } else { set active 1 }
putdcc $connid "BC+ CHAN $active $chan\r\n"
}
putdcc $connid "BC+ CHANLIST_END\r\n"
} else {
putcc $connid "BC- NOPRIV\r\n"
}
}
proc botcommander:userlist {handle connid params} {
if {[matchattr $handle o]} {
putdcc $connid "BC+ USERLIST_START\r\n"
foreach user [userlist] {
putdcc $connid "BC+ USER $user\r\n"
}
putdcc $connid "BC+ USERLIST_END\r\n"
} else {
putdcc $connid "BC- NOPRIV\r\n"
}
}
proc botcommander:chanprop {handle connid params} {
if {[matchattr $handle o]} {
set chan [lindex $params 0]
putdcc $connid "BC+ CHANPROPS_START $chan\r\n"
foreach prop [channel info $chan] {
putdcc $connid "BC+ CHANPROP $chan $prop\r\n"
}
putdcc $connid "BC+ CHANPROPS_END $chan\r\n"
} else {
putdcc $connid "BC- NOPRIV"
}
}
putlog "BC+ ABILITY"

View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
# ChangeLog for net-misc/botcommander
# Copyright 1999-2007 Gentoo Foundation; Distributed under the GPL v2
# $Header: $
*botcommander-1.0 (07 May 2007)
07 May 2007; Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@botcommander.hu> ChangeLog,
metadata.xml, botcommander-1.0.ebuild :
Initial import. Ebuild submitted by Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@botcommander.hu>.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
DIST botcommander-1.0.tar.gz 199432 RMD160 2b215e140f4be8d606e50851f62a768415dc20bd SHA1 4791e1ef953447769e185dd09378959111a472bb SHA256 60c9b2304ffd52710896a3fc23cbe7d2a1a311e930588e1c0ff0770832d7d34c
EBUILD botcommander-1.0.ebuild 824 RMD160 ba7a4d6d66187ff84a5b0f34099b0cae33c1d67d SHA1 5c236fa215ad00120ecc0d688e039e60a10537b2 SHA256 07b5b914e2a59f5a45b48fafa52ff391703a478a91a7a7722570af59b310145b
MD5 02966d62ff21c59a56c6e49205d7ea73 botcommander-1.0.ebuild 824
RMD160 ba7a4d6d66187ff84a5b0f34099b0cae33c1d67d botcommander-1.0.ebuild 824
SHA256 07b5b914e2a59f5a45b48fafa52ff391703a478a91a7a7722570af59b310145b botcommander-1.0.ebuild 824
MISC ChangeLog 347 RMD160 f388beb33308560a58336982968c1a42a10010e8 SHA1 f93cc861296127765a24db8027842f31ac7d7e58 SHA256 6bbc25b9c2de498ab7912fc269d55b4c56273f413215f8f89a4731ad6999c0ef
MD5 8da252e524f30f329737a630a99822a5 ChangeLog 347
RMD160 f388beb33308560a58336982968c1a42a10010e8 ChangeLog 347
SHA256 6bbc25b9c2de498ab7912fc269d55b4c56273f413215f8f89a4731ad6999c0ef ChangeLog 347
MISC metadata.xml 228 RMD160 63206419b7b7c6a2c350d341159550195e4a6c39 SHA1 5459d1b0d5252954b1e03749daf24fae8328241c SHA256 77715d077c12ef5f4fb0210a6ab0afbd1ce72893197b00172e113bc1feefd7b8
MD5 12db369dccd15f41022110f874eec256 metadata.xml 228
RMD160 63206419b7b7c6a2c350d341159550195e4a6c39 metadata.xml 228
SHA256 77715d077c12ef5f4fb0210a6ab0afbd1ce72893197b00172e113bc1feefd7b8 metadata.xml 228
MD5 3b1381c413a444be4c2ccf88873fb996 files/digest-botcommander-1.0 250
RMD160 06d1d7d46814dd557e6d8e280747fc1efa37315b files/digest-botcommander-1.0 250
SHA256 69bea651c8d76ef75dad3c4ad15772813f75e1673b7c8d54bc448ac60f89de3c files/digest-botcommander-1.0 250

View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
# Copyright 1999-2007 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
# $Header: $
inherit eutils versionator gnome2
DESCRIPTION="Eggdrop IRC bot maintanence program"
HOMEPAGE="http://www.botcommander.hu/"
SRC_URI="http://www.botcommander.hu/dl/${P}.tar.gz"
LICENSE="GPL-2"
SLOT="0"
KEYWORDS="x86 amd64"
IUSE="-debug"
DEPEND=""
RDEPEND=">=dev-libs/glib-2.6.0
>=x11-libs/gtk+-2.10.0"
src_compile() {
econf \
--prefix="${D}"/usr \
--mandir="${D}"/usr/share/man \
--infodir="${D}"/usr/share/info \
--libdir="${D}"/usr/$(get_libdir) || die "econf failed"
emake || die "emake failed"
}
src_install() {
emake \
prefix="${D}"/usr \
mandir="${D}"/usr/share/man \
infodir="${D}"/usr/share/info \
libdir="${D}"/usr/$(get_libdir) \
install || die "emake install failed"
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
MD5 1d44a59bc7466b2f36dbc812bb793793 botcommander-1.0.tar.gz 199432
RMD160 2b215e140f4be8d606e50851f62a768415dc20bd botcommander-1.0.tar.gz 199432
SHA256 60c9b2304ffd52710896a3fc23cbe7d2a1a311e930588e1c0ff0770832d7d34c botcommander-1.0.tar.gz 199432

View File

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE pkgmetadata SYSTEM "http://www.gentoo.org/dtd/metadata.dtd">
<pkgmetadata>
<herd>net-misc</herd>
<maintainer>
<email>polesz@botcommander.hu</email>
</maintainer>
</pkgmetadata>

76
include/defines.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* defines.h
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Macro definitions used in many places
}}} */
/* {{{ _BC_DEFINES_H */
#ifndef _BC_DEFINES_H
# define _BC_DEFINES_H
/* {{{ Locale-related definition. It's much easier this way */
#define _(String) gettext(String)
/* }}} */
/* {{{ BC_COMMAND prototype definition */
#define BC_COMMAND(x) gboolean x (t_tab_data *tab, int paramnum, gchar **param)
/* In typedefs.h there is a struct which is for the command list.
* To make life easier, you only have to change the functions' type here (and
* in the previous line).
*/
#define BC_COMMAND_DEF(x) gboolean (* x )(t_tab_data *, int, gchar **)
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Command types */
#define CT_INTERNAL 0
#define CT_MODULE 1
#define CT_SCRIPT 2
/* }}} */
/* {{{ BotCommander error constants */
#define BCE_SUCCESS 0
#define BCE_BOT_EXISTS 1
#define BCE_NOMEM 2
#define BCE_NOBOT 3
#define BCE_NOPROTO 4
#define BCE_CANTRESOLV 5
#define BCE_CANTCONNECT 6
/* }}} */
/* {{{ The eggdrops character for eggdrop commands. You should never change this! */
#define EGG_CMD_CHAR "."
/* }}} */
/* {{{ The telnet codes we use, from RFC 854) */
#define TELNET_IAC "\xff" /* Interpret As Command */
#define TELNET_WILL "\xfb" /* Will */
#define TELNET_WONT "\xfc" /* Won't */
#define TELNET_ECHO "\x01" /* Echo */
#define TELNET_WILL_ECHO TELNET_IAC TELNET_WILL TELNET_ECHO
#define TELNET_WONT_ECHO TELNET_IAC TELNET_WONT TELNET_ECHO
/* }}} */
#endif
/* }}} */

161
include/functions.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* functions.h
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright 2004 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Function prototypes
}}} */
/* {{{ _BC_FUNCTIONS_H */
#ifndef _BC_FUNCTIONS_H
# define _BC_FUNCTIONS_H
/* {{{ Includes */
# include <gtk/gtk.h>
# include <stdarg.h>
# include "typedefs.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ widgets.c */
void set_title(t_tab_data *, char *, ...);
int create_main_window(void);
void feed_message_to_terminal(t_tab_data *, gboolean, gchar *, ...);
void feed_error_to_terminal(t_tab_data *, gboolean, gchar *, ...);
void feed_info_to_terminal(t_tab_data *, gboolean, gchar *, ...);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ callbacks.c */
void destroy_event(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
gboolean delete_event(GtkWidget *, GdkEvent *, gpointer);
void toolbar_quit(GtkButton *, gpointer);
void toolbar_add_tab(GtkButton *, gpointer);
void toolbar_close_active(GtkButton *, gpointer);
void toolbar_open_prefs(GtkButton *, gpointer);
void book_change_tab(GtkNotebook *, GtkNotebookPage *newpage, guint, gpointer);
void close_tab_cb(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
gboolean entry_activate(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
void menu_exit(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
void menu_mode_changed(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
void menu_botlist_open(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
void menu_prefs_open(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
void menu_new_tab(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
void menu_close_tab(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
void menu_about(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
int vte_clicked(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
int entry_keypress(GtkEntry *, GdkEventKey *, gpointer);
void socket_event(gpointer, gint, GdkInputCondition);
void menu_showhide_sidebar(GtkWidget *, gpointer);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ main.c */
void exit_cleanly(gboolean);
void change_mode(char, gboolean);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ tabs.c */
int add_tab(t_tab_data **);
t_tab_data *get_active_tab(void);
gboolean close_tab(t_tab_data *);
gboolean assign_bot_to_tab_by_name(t_tab_data *, gchar *);
void assign_bot_to_tab(t_tab_data *, t_bot_data *);
gint connect_tab(t_tab_data *);
void update_channel_list(t_tab_data *);
void update_user_list(t_tab_data *);
gint find_tab_by_pagenum(gconstpointer, gconstpointer);
void disconnect_tab(t_tab_data *);
void change_active_tab(gint);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ string.c */
gboolean streq(gchar *, gchar *, gboolean);
int wordwrap(gchar *, gchar *, gchar ***, gint *);
void wl_free(gchar ***, gint);
gboolean is_numeric(gchar *, gint *);
gchar *trim(gchar *);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ bots.c */
#ifdef DEBUG
void list_bots(void);
#endif
gint add_bot(gchar *, gchar *, guint, gchar *);
t_bot_data *get_bot_by_botname(gchar *);
gint create_bot_record(gchar *, gint, t_bot_data **);
gint update_bot(t_bot_data *, gchar *, gchar *, guint, gchar *);
void save_bot(t_bot_data *, t_bot_data *);
void free_bot_data(gpointer, gpointer);
t_bot_data *get_bot_by_conf_num(guint);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ commands.c */
gboolean process_commandline(gchar *, t_tab_data *);
void process_botcommander_script_commands(t_tab_data *, char *);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ config.c */
gboolean init_config(void);
void read_config_data(void);
gboolean set_int_conf_value(gchar *, gint);
gboolean set_string_conf_value(gchar *, gchar *);
void read_bot_list_from_config(void);
void save_bot_list_to_config(void);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ about.c */
void display_about_box(void);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ setup.c */
void display_setup_window(void);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ networking.c */
gint connect_to_host(gchar *, guint, int *, gint *, t_tab_data *);
void process_incoming_data(t_tab_data *, char *);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ history.c */
void history_add(t_tab_data *, gchar, gchar *);
gint get_history_len(t_tab_data *);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ botlist.c */
void display_botlist_window(void);
void create_bot_editor(t_bot_data *);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ chanprops.c */
void update_channel_property(t_tab_data *, gchar *, gchar *);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ debug.c */
/* This one is only compiled if DEBUG is defined */
# ifdef DEBUG
void debug_init(void);
void set_context(char *file, int line);
# define Context set_context(__FILE__, __LINE__)
# else /* DEBUG */
# define Context
# endif /* DEBUG */
/* }}} */
#endif /* _BC_FUNCTIONS_H */
/* }}} */

187
include/typedefs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* typedefs.h
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Type definitions
}}} */
/* {{{ _BC_TYPEDEFS_H */
#ifndef _BC_TYPEDEFS_H
# define _BC_TYPEDEFS_H
/* {{{ Includes */
# include <gtk/gtk.h>
# include "defines.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Bot data */
typedef struct _t_bot_data {
/* The bot's name. NULL if now known */
gchar *botname;
/* The hostname of the bot */
gchar *host;
/* The port number of the bot */
guint port;
/* The handle in the bot (may be NULL) */
gchar *handle;
/* The config key value for this bot (used only when loading bot data from config */
guint id;
} t_bot_data;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ History data */
typedef struct _t_history_data {
gchar *line;
struct _t_history_data *next;
} t_history_data;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Tab data */
typedef struct _t_tab_data {
/* General data */
/* The number of the tab */
gint num;
/* The current mode in the tab (b|e|m)*/
char mode;
/* The bot assigned to this tab */
t_bot_data *bot;
/* The history data */
t_history_data *history;
/* The current position in the history list */
gint history_position;
/* BC script related data */
/* Currently we are in the middle of the channel list */
gboolean chanlist_process;
/* Currently we are in the middle of the user list */
gboolean userlist_process;
/* Currently we are processing the properties of this channel */
gchar *chanprops_process;
/* This is number x in the property list */
gint chanprops_list_num;
/* The channel list */
GList *actual_channel_list;
/* The user list */
GList *actual_user_list;
/* Networking data */
/* TRUE if the tab is connected, FALSE otherwise */
gboolean connected;
/* The socket descriptor */
int sock;
/* The GDK socket tag */
gint socktag;
/* Set to TRUE when the first byte arrives from the other side */
gboolean data_arrived;
/* Widgets */
/* The virtual terminal */
GtkWidget *vt;
/* Command line */
GtkWidget *editbox;
/* The hbox containing the tab label and the close button */
GtkWidget *labelbox;
/* The tab label */
GtkWidget *label;
/* The close button */
GtkWidget *closebutton;
/* List of channels */
GtkWidget *channel_list;
/* List of users (handles) */
GtkWidget *user_list;
/* Channel store */
GtkListStore *channel_store;
/* User store */
GtkListStore *user_store;
} t_tab_data;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Configuration data */
typedef struct _t_config_data {
/* GUI options */
gboolean change_to_new_tab;
/* VTE options */
gboolean scroll_on_output;
gboolean transparent_background;
gfloat background_saturation;
gchar *vte_font;
/* General options */
gboolean change_to_message;
#ifdef DEBUG
gboolean debug;
#endif /* DEBUG */
gchar default_mode;
gboolean save_prefs;
gint history_len;
} t_config_data;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Command Data */
typedef struct _t_command {
/* The command verb */
gchar *command_verb;
/* Type of the command: 0 - Internal; 1 - From a module; 2 - From a script */
guint type;
/* How many parameters do we require? */
gint min_paramnum;
/* Can this command be abbreviated? */
gboolean can_abbrev;
/* The commands function */
BC_COMMAND_DEF(func);
} t_command;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Channel data */
typedef struct _t_channel {
/* The channel name */
char *name;
/* TRUE if then channel is active */
gboolean active;
/* The property list */
GList *properties;
} t_channel;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ User data */
typedef struct _t_user {
/* The use name */
char *name;
} t_user;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Channel properties */
typedef struct _t_chan_prop {
char *name;
gboolean bool_prop;
gboolean bool_value;
gchar *string_value;
} t_chan_prop;
/* }}} */
#endif
/* }}} */

63
include/variables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{
* variables.h
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Variable definitions
}}} */
/* {{{ _BC_VARIABLES_H */
#ifndef _BC_VARIABLES_H
# define _BC_VARIABLES_H
/* {{{ Includes */
# include <gtk/gtk.h>
# include <gconf/gconf-client.h>
#include "typedefs.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ widgets.c */
extern GtkWidget *main_window;
extern GtkWidget *main_book;
extern GtkWidget *main_statuslabel_mode;
extern GtkWidget *main_menu_mode_b;
extern GtkWidget *main_menu_mode_e;
extern GtkWidget *main_menu_mode_m;
extern GtkWidget *main_menu_show_sidebar;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ tabs.c */
extern GList *tab_list;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ bots.c */
extern GList *internal_bot_list;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ config.c */
extern t_config_data config_data;
extern GConfClient *gconf_client;
/* }}} */
#endif
/* }}} */

View File

@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
2010-10-07 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* lib-ld.m4: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* lib-link.m4: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* lib-prefix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.

View File

@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
# gettext.m4 serial 63 (gettext-0.18)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006, 2008-2010.
dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
dnl
dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
dnl and used.
dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
dnl Catalog format: none
dnl Catalog extension: none
dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
dnl maintainers.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
[
dnl Argument checking.
ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
[errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
])])])])])
ifelse(ifelse([$1], [], [old])[]ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], [old]), [old],
[AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [Use of AM_GNU_GETTEXT without [external] argument is deprecated.])])
ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
[errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
])])])])
define([gt_included_intl],
ifelse([$1], [external],
ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]),
[yes]))
define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
gt_NEEDS_INIT
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2])
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
])
dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
dnl if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
dnl documented, we avoid it.
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
])
dnl Sometimes, on MacOS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation.
gt_INTL_MACOSX
dnl Set USE_NLS.
AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
])
LIBINTL=
LTLIBINTL=
POSUB=
dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
case " $gt_needs " in
*" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;;
*" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;;
*) gt_api_version=1 ;;
esac
gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc"
gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl"
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
AC_ARG_WITH([included-gettext],
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
AC_MSG_RESULT([$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext])
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
])
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then
gt_revision_test_code='
#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
#endif
changequote(,)dnl
typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
changequote([,])dnl
'
else
gt_revision_test_code=
fi
if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then
gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)'
else
gt_expression_test_code=
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc],
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
$gt_revision_test_code
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
[eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"],
[eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])])
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
AM_ICONV_LINK
])
dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
[$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl],
[gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
$gt_revision_test_code
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern
#ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
#endif
const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
[eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"],
[eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"])
dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
$gt_revision_test_code
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern
#ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
#endif
const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
[LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"
])
fi
CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
fi
dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
|| { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
else
dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
LIBINTL=
LTLIBINTL=
INCINTL=
fi
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
fi
fi
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD"
LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD"
LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
fi
CATOBJEXT=
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
fi
])
if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking.
LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
fi
fi
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NLS], [1],
[Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
is requested.])
else
USE_NLS=no
fi
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
gt_source="external libintl"
else
gt_source="libc"
fi
else
gt_source="included intl directory"
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
fi
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
fi
dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETTEXT], [1],
[Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DCGETTEXT], [1],
[Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
fi
dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
POSUB=po
fi
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
fi
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST([BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL])
AC_SUBST([USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL])
AC_SUBST([CATOBJEXT])
dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
nls_cv_header_intl=
nls_cv_header_libgt=
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
DATADIRNAME=share
AC_SUBST([DATADIRNAME])
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
AC_SUBST([INSTOBJEXT])
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
GENCAT=gencat
AC_SUBST([GENCAT])
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
INTLOBJS=
if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
fi
AC_SUBST([INTLOBJS])
dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
AC_SUBST([INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX])
])
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
AC_SUBST([INTLLIBS])
dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST([LIBINTL])
AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL])
AC_SUBST([POSUB])
])
dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized.
m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT],
[
m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=])
m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], [])
])
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL])
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED],
[
m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"])
])
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])

View File

@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
# iconv.m4 serial 11 (gettext-0.18.1)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2007-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
[
dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
dnl accordingly.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
])
AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
[
dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl for cross-compiles
dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
dnl accordingly.
AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iconv], [am_cv_func_iconv], [
am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
am_cv_lib_iconv=no
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
#include <iconv.h>],
[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
iconv_close(cd);],
[am_cv_func_iconv=yes])
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
#include <iconv.h>],
[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
iconv_close(cd);],
[am_cv_lib_iconv=yes]
[am_cv_func_iconv=yes])
LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
fi
])
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working iconv], [am_cv_func_iconv_works], [
dnl This tests against bugs in AIX 5.1, HP-UX 11.11, Solaris 10.
am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
if test $am_cv_lib_iconv = yes; then
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
fi
AC_TRY_RUN([
#include <iconv.h>
#include <string.h>
int main ()
{
/* Test against AIX 5.1 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from successful
returns. */
{
iconv_t cd_utf8_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "UTF-8");
if (cd_utf8_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1))
{
static const char input[] = "\342\202\254"; /* EURO SIGN */
char buf[10];
const char *inptr = input;
size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
char *outptr = buf;
size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
size_t res = iconv (cd_utf8_to_88591,
(char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft,
&outptr, &outbytesleft);
if (res == 0)
return 1;
}
}
/* Test against Solaris 10 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from
successful returns. */
{
iconv_t cd_ascii_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "646");
if (cd_ascii_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1))
{
static const char input[] = "\263";
char buf[10];
const char *inptr = input;
size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
char *outptr = buf;
size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
size_t res = iconv (cd_ascii_to_88591,
(char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft,
&outptr, &outbytesleft);
if (res == 0)
return 1;
}
}
#if 0 /* This bug could be worked around by the caller. */
/* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: Positive return value instead of 0. */
{
iconv_t cd_88591_to_utf8 = iconv_open ("utf8", "iso88591");
if (cd_88591_to_utf8 != (iconv_t)(-1))
{
static const char input[] = "\304rger mit b\366sen B\374bchen ohne Augenma\337";
char buf[50];
const char *inptr = input;
size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
char *outptr = buf;
size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
size_t res = iconv (cd_88591_to_utf8,
(char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft,
&outptr, &outbytesleft);
if ((int)res > 0)
return 1;
}
}
#endif
/* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: No converter from EUC-JP to UTF-8 is
provided. */
if (/* Try standardized names. */
iconv_open ("UTF-8", "EUC-JP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
/* Try IRIX, OSF/1 names. */
&& iconv_open ("UTF-8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
/* Try AIX names. */
&& iconv_open ("UTF-8", "IBM-eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
/* Try HP-UX names. */
&& iconv_open ("utf8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1))
return 1;
return 0;
}], [am_cv_func_iconv_works=yes], [am_cv_func_iconv_works=no],
[case "$host_os" in
aix* | hpux*) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing no" ;;
*) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing yes" ;;
esac])
LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
])
case "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" in
*no) am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no ;;
*) am_func_iconv=yes ;;
esac
else
am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no
fi
if test "$am_func_iconv" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ICONV], [1],
[Define if you have the iconv() function and it works.])
fi
if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
else
dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
dnl either.
CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIBICONV=
LTLIBICONV=
fi
AC_SUBST([LIBICONV])
AC_SUBST([LTLIBICONV])
])
dnl Define AM_ICONV using AC_DEFUN_ONCE for Autoconf >= 2.64, in order to
dnl avoid warnings like
dnl "warning: AC_REQUIRE: `AM_ICONV' was expanded before it was required".
dnl This is tricky because of the way 'aclocal' is implemented:
dnl - It requires defining an auxiliary macro whose name ends in AC_DEFUN.
dnl Otherwise aclocal's initial scan pass would miss the macro definition.
dnl - It requires a line break inside the AC_DEFUN_ONCE and AC_DEFUN expansions.
dnl Otherwise aclocal would emit many "Use of uninitialized value $1"
dnl warnings.
m4_define([gl_iconv_AC_DEFUN],
m4_version_prereq([2.64],
[[AC_DEFUN_ONCE(
[$1], [$2])]],
[[AC_DEFUN(
[$1], [$2])]]))
gl_iconv_AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
[
AM_ICONV_LINK
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_proto_iconv], [
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <iconv.h>
extern
#ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
#endif
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
#else
size_t iconv();
#endif
], [], [am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1=""], [am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const"])
am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
AC_MSG_RESULT([
$am_cv_proto_iconv])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([ICONV_CONST], [$am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1],
[Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
fi
])

View File

@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
# lib-ld.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.18)
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
dnl with libtool.m4.
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], [acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld],
[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;;
*)
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;;
esac])
with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
])
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
[AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld],
[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
ac_prog=ld
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
case $host in
*-*-mingw*)
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
*)
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
esac
case $ac_prog in
# Accept absolute paths.
[[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
[re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
# Canonicalize the path of ld
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
done
test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
;;
"")
# If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
ac_prog=ld
;;
*)
# If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
with_gnu_ld=unknown
;;
esac
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
fi
AC_CACHE_VAL([acl_cv_path_LD],
[if test -z "$LD"; then
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
# Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
# but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
# Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;;
*)
test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;;
esac
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
else
acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
fi])
LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
if test -n "$LD"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LD])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
])

View File

@ -1,774 +0,0 @@
# lib-link.m4 serial 21 (gettext-0.18)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_PREREQ([2.54])
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname
dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
pushdef([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
pushdef([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix="$LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX"
])
LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX])
dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
popdef([NAME])
popdef([Name])
])
dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode, [missing-message])
dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. The missing-message
dnl defaults to 'no' and may contain additional hints for the user.
dnl If found, it sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME}
dnl and LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname
dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
pushdef([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
pushdef([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
dnl accordingly.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
dnl If $LIB[]NAME contains some -l options, add it to the end of LIBS,
dnl because these -l options might require -L options that are present in
dnl LIBS. -l options benefit only from the -L options listed before it.
dnl Otherwise, add it to the front of LIBS, because it may be a static
dnl library that depends on another static library that is present in LIBS.
dnl Static libraries benefit only from the static libraries listed after
dnl it.
case " $LIB[]NAME" in
*" -l"*) LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME" ;;
*) LIBS="$LIB[]NAME $LIBS" ;;
esac
AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4],
[ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes],
[ac_cv_lib[]Name='m4_if([$5], [], [no], [[$5]])'])
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
])
if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the lib][$1 library.])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
else
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
dnl $INC[]NAME either.
CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX=
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX])
popdef([NAME])
popdef([Name])
])
dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
dnl acl_libext,
dnl acl_shlibext,
dnl acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec,
dnl acl_hardcode_libdir_separator,
dnl acl_hardcode_direct,
dnl acl_hardcode_minus_L.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
[
dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing.
m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], [acl_cv_rpath], [
CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
. ./conftest.sh
rm -f ./conftest.sh
acl_cv_rpath=done
])
wl="$acl_cv_wl"
acl_libext="$acl_cv_libext"
acl_shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
acl_libname_spec="$acl_cv_libname_spec"
acl_library_names_spec="$acl_cv_library_names_spec"
acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
acl_hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
acl_hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
acl_hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
AC_ARG_ENABLE([rpath],
[ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
:, enable_rpath=yes)
])
dnl AC_LIB_FROMPACKAGE(name, package)
dnl declares that libname comes from the given package. The configure file
dnl will then not have a --with-libname-prefix option but a
dnl --with-package-prefix option. Several libraries can come from the same
dnl package. This declaration must occur before an AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS or similar
dnl macro call that searches for libname.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_FROMPACKAGE],
[
pushdef([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
define([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [$2])
popdef([NAME])
pushdef([PACK],[$2])
pushdef([PACKUP],[translit(PACK,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
define([acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP,
m4_ifdef([acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP, [acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP[[, ]],)[lib$1])
popdef([PACKUP])
popdef([PACK])
])
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
dnl Also, sets the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname was found
dnl in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
pushdef([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
pushdef([PACK],[m4_ifdef([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [acl_frompackage_]NAME, lib[$1])])
pushdef([PACKUP],[translit(PACK,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
pushdef([PACKLIBS],[m4_ifdef([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP, lib[$1])])
dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 supports dots in --with options.
pushdef([P_A_C_K],[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION]),[2.61]),[-1],[translit(PACK,[.],[_])],PACK)])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_ARG_WITH(P_A_C_K[-prefix],
[[ --with-]]P_A_C_K[[-prefix[=DIR] search for ]PACKLIBS[ in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-]]P_A_C_K[[-prefix don't search for ]PACKLIBS[ in includedir and libdir]],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
if test "$acl_libdirstem2" != "$acl_libdirstem" \
&& ! test -d "$withval/$acl_libdirstem"; then
additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem2"
fi
fi
fi
])
dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
INC[]NAME=
LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX=
dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME} is an indicator that LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} have been
dnl computed. So it has to be reset here.
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=
rpathdirs=
ltrpathdirs=
names_already_handled=
names_next_round='$1 $2'
while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
names_this_round="$names_next_round"
names_next_round=
for name in $names_this_round; do
already_handled=
for n in $names_already_handled; do
if test "$n" = "$name"; then
already_handled=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$already_handled"; then
names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
if test -n "$value"; then
if test "$value" = yes; then
eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
else
dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
:
fi
else
dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
found_dir=
found_la=
found_so=
found_a=
eval libname=\"$acl_libname_spec\" # typically: libname=lib$name
if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
shrext=".$acl_shlibext" # typically: shrext=.so
else
shrext=
fi
if test $use_additional = yes; then
dir="$additional_libdir"
dnl The same code as in the loop below:
dnl First look for a shared library.
if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext"
else
if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then
ver=`(cd "$dir" && \
for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \
| sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \
| sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \
| sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null`
if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"
fi
else
eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\"
for f in $library_names; do
if test -f "$dir/$f"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/$f"
break
fi
done
fi
fi
fi
dnl Then look for a static library.
if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"
fi
fi
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then
found_la="$dir/$libname.la"
fi
fi
fi
if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
case "$x" in
-L*)
dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
dnl First look for a shared library.
if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext"
else
if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then
ver=`(cd "$dir" && \
for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \
| sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \
| sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \
| sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null`
if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"
fi
else
eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\"
for f in $library_names; do
if test -f "$dir/$f"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/$f"
break
fi
done
fi
fi
fi
dnl Then look for a static library.
if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"
fi
fi
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then
found_la="$dir/$libname.la"
fi
fi
;;
esac
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
break
fi
done
fi
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
dnl Found the library.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
dnl standard /usr/lib.
if test "$enable_rpath" = no \
|| test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \
|| test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
dnl No hardcoding is needed.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
if test "$acl_hardcode_direct" = yes; then
dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
dnl resulting binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
else
dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
fi
if test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl We cannot use $acl_hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
dnl very old systems.
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
fi
else
if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a static library.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
else
dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
dnl fallback.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
fi
fi
dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
additional_includedir=
case "$found_dir" in
*/$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/)
basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'`
if test "$name" = '$1'; then
LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$basedir"
fi
additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
;;
*/$acl_libdirstem2 | */$acl_libdirstem2/)
basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem2/"'*$,,'`
if test "$name" = '$1'; then
LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$basedir"
fi
additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
;;
esac
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $INCNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Look for dependencies.
if test -n "$found_la"; then
dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
save_libdir="$libdir"
case "$found_la" in
*/* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
*) . "./$found_la" ;;
esac
libdir="$save_libdir"
dnl We use only dependency_libs.
for dep in $dependency_libs; do
case "$dep" in
-L*)
additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \
&& test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem" \
|| test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
;;
-R*)
dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
fi
fi
;;
-l*)
dnl Handle this in the next round.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
;;
*.la)
dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
dnl option.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
;;
*)
dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
;;
esac
done
fi
else
dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
done
done
if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
alldirs=
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
done
dnl Note: acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$alldirs"
eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
else
dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$found_dir"
eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
done
fi
fi
if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
done
fi
popdef([P_A_C_K])
popdef([PACKLIBS])
popdef([PACKUP])
popdef([PACK])
popdef([NAME])
])
dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
dnl unless already present in VAR.
dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
[
for element in [$2]; do
haveit=
for x in $[$1]; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
[$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
fi
done
])
dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options
dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the
dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path.
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL])
dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE.
dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed,
dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
$1=
if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting
dnl binary.
rpathdirs=
next=
for opt in $2; do
if test -n "$next"; then
dir="$next"
dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \
&& test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
next=
else
case $opt in
-L) next=yes ;;
-L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'`
dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \
&& test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
next= ;;
*) next= ;;
esac
fi
done
if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
if test -n ""$3""; then
dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options.
for dir in $rpathdirs; do
$1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir"
done
else
dnl The linker is used for linking directly.
if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user
dnl must pass all path elements in one option.
alldirs=
for dir in $rpathdirs; do
alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir"
done
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$alldirs"
eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
$1="$flag"
else
dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
for dir in $rpathdirs; do
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$dir"
eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
$1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag"
done
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([$1])
])

View File

@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
# lib-prefix.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.18)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
dnl require excessive bracketing.
ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
dnl with the same --prefix option.
dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
[
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
fi
fi
])
if test $use_additional = yes; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
[
dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
dnl at the end of configure.
if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
else
acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
fi
if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
else
acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
fi
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])
dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
dnl at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
[
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
$1
exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])
dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates
dnl - a variable acl_libdirstem, containing the basename of the libdir, either
dnl "lib" or "lib64" or "lib/64",
dnl - a variable acl_libdirstem2, as a secondary possible value for
dnl acl_libdirstem, either the same as acl_libdirstem or "lib/sparcv9" or
dnl "lib/amd64".
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB],
[
dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64.
dnl On glibc systems, the current practice is that on a system supporting
dnl 32-bit and 64-bit instruction sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under
dnl $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine
dnl the compiler's default mode by looking at the compiler's library search
dnl path. If at least one of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a
dnl directory whose absolute pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI.
dnl Otherwise we use the default, namely "lib".
dnl On Solaris systems, the current practice is that on a system supporting
dnl 32-bit and 64-bit instruction sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under
dnl $prefix/lib/64 (which is a symlink to either $prefix/lib/sparcv9 or
dnl $prefix/lib/amd64) and 32-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
acl_libdirstem=lib
acl_libdirstem2=
case "$host_os" in
solaris*)
dnl See Solaris 10 Software Developer Collection > Solaris 64-bit Developer's Guide > The Development Environment
dnl <http://docs.sun.com/app/docs/doc/816-5138/dev-env?l=en&a=view>.
dnl "Portable Makefiles should refer to any library directories using the 64 symbolic link."
dnl But we want to recognize the sparcv9 or amd64 subdirectory also if the
dnl symlink is missing, so we set acl_libdirstem2 too.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit host], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit],
[AC_EGREP_CPP([sixtyfour bits], [
#ifdef _LP64
sixtyfour bits
#endif
], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit=yes], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit=no])
])
if test $gl_cv_solaris_64bit = yes; then
acl_libdirstem=lib/64
case "$host_cpu" in
sparc*) acl_libdirstem2=lib/sparcv9 ;;
i*86 | x86_64) acl_libdirstem2=lib/amd64 ;;
esac
fi
;;
*)
searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'`
if test -n "$searchpath"; then
acl_save_IFS="${IFS= }"; IFS=":"
for searchdir in $searchpath; do
if test -d "$searchdir"; then
case "$searchdir" in
*/lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
*/../ | */.. )
# Better ignore directories of this form. They are misleading.
;;
*) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd`
case "$searchdir" in
*/lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
esac ;;
esac
fi
done
IFS="$acl_save_IFS"
fi
;;
esac
test -n "$acl_libdirstem2" || acl_libdirstem2="$acl_libdirstem"
])

View File

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
# nls.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.18)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation,
dnl Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
AC_PREREQ([2.50])
AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
[
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
dnl Default is enabled NLS
AC_ARG_ENABLE([nls],
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
AC_SUBST([USE_NLS])
])

449
m4/po.m4
View File

@ -1,449 +0,0 @@
# po.m4 serial 17 (gettext-0.18)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
AC_PREREQ([2.50])
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
dnl Release version of the gettext macros. This is used to ensure that
dnl the gettext macros and po/Makefile.in.in are in sync.
AC_SUBST([GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION], [0.18])
dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
AC_PATH_PROG([GMSGFMT], [gmsgfmt], [$MSGFMT])
dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15.
changequote(,)dnl
case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;;
*) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;;
esac
changequote([,])dnl
AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015])
changequote(,)dnl
case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;;
*) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;;
esac
changequote([,])dnl
AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015])
dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
rm -f messages.po
dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15.
changequote(,)dnl
case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;;
*) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;;
esac
changequote([,])dnl
AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015])
dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :)
dnl Installation directories.
dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we
dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile.
test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale'
AC_SUBST([localedir])
dnl Support for AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION.
test -n "${XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS+set}" || XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS=
AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[
for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
case "$ac_file" in
*:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
esac
# PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
# Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a
# POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO
# directories under different names or in different locations.
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
# ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
# on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
# parameters.
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
# The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
fi
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
else
# The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
fi
# Compute POFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
# Compute UPDATEPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
# Compute DUMMYPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
# Compute GMOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) srcdirpre= ;;
*) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
esac
POFILES=
UPDATEPOFILES=
DUMMYPOFILES=
GMOFILES=
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
done
# CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
# environment variable.
INST_LINGUAS=
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
useit=no
if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
else
desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
fi
for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
# a. equal to presentlang, or
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
case "$desiredlang" in
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
esac
done
if test $useit = yes; then
INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
fi
done
fi
CATALOGS=
if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
done
fi
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
if test -f "$f"; then
case "$f" in
*.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
*) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
esac
fi
done
fi
;;
esac
done]],
[# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
# POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
# from automake < 1.5.
eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
# Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
])
])
dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
[
# When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
# set:
# - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
# - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
# time.
changequote(,)dnl
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
# Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
gt_echo='echo'
else
if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
gt_echo='printf %s\n'
else
echo_func () {
cat <<EOT
$*
EOT
}
gt_echo='echo_func'
fi
fi
# A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile.
sed_x_variable='
# Test if the hold space is empty.
x
s/P/P/
x
ta
# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition.
/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=/{
# Seen the first line of the variable definition.
s/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=//
ba
}
bd
:a
# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition.
# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space.
s/#.*$/ /
# See if the line ends in a backslash.
tb
:b
s/\\$//
# Print the line, without the trailing backslash.
p
tc
# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is
# reached. Clear the hold space.
s/^.*$//
x
bd
:c
# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the
# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this.
s/^.*$/P/
x
:d
'
changequote([,])dnl
# Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES.
sed_x_POTFILES=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`
POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"`
# Compute POTFILES_DEPS as
# $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file))
POTFILES_DEPS=
for file in $POTFILES; do
POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file"
done
POMAKEFILEDEPS=""
if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
fi
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
# The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
else
# Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS.
sed_x_LINGUAS=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"`
fi
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
# Compute POFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
# Compute UPDATEPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
# Compute DUMMYPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
# Compute GMOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
# Compute PROPERTIESFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties)
# Compute CLASSFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class)
# Compute QMFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm)
# Compute MSGFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg)
# Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll)
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) srcdirpre= ;;
*) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
esac
POFILES=
UPDATEPOFILES=
DUMMYPOFILES=
GMOFILES=
PROPERTIESFILES=
CLASSFILES=
QMFILES=
MSGFILES=
RESOURCESDLLFILES=
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class"
QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm"
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg"
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
done
# CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
# environment variable.
INST_LINGUAS=
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
useit=no
if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
else
desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
fi
for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
# a. equal to presentlang, or
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
case "$desiredlang" in
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
esac
done
if test $useit = yes; then
INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
fi
done
fi
CATALOGS=
JAVACATALOGS=
QTCATALOGS=
TCLCATALOGS=
CSHARPCATALOGS=
if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm"
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg"
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
done
fi
sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp"
if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
# Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po
@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \
\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
EOF
done
fi
if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
# Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po
@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \
\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
EOF
done
fi
if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS
EOF
fi
mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
])
dnl Initializes the accumulator used by AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION.
AC_DEFUN([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION_INIT],
[
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS=
])
dnl Registers an option to be passed to xgettext in the po subdirectory.
AC_DEFUN([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION_INIT])
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS="$XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS $1"
])

View File

@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
# progtest.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.18)
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2005, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
AC_PREREQ([2.50])
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
[
# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file,
# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability.
cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF
#! /bin/sh
exit 0
_ASEOF
chmod +x conf$$.file
if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
ac_executable_p="test -x"
else
ac_executable_p="test -f"
fi
rm -f conf$$.file
# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
AC_CACHE_VAL([ac_cv_path_$1],
[case "[$]$1" in
[[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
;;
*)
ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
if [$3]; then
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
break 2
fi
fi
done
done
IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
])dnl
;;
esac])dnl
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$][$1])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
AC_SUBST([$1])dnl
])

16
pixmaps/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
include ../rules
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR = @datarootdir@/pixmaps/@PACKAGE_TARNAME@
all:
clean:
install:
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR)
$(INSTALL) -m 0644 $(PIXMAPS_OBJECTS) $(PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR)
distclean:
/bin/rm -f Makefile

BIN
pixmaps/bc48.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 3.0 KiB

BIN
pixmaps/bc48_trans.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 3.0 KiB

307
po/BotCommander.pot Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
# BotCommander gettext messages.
# Original file created by Gergely POLONKAI for BotCommander v1.0
#: src/widgets.c:223
msgid "_About"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:103
msgid "Activate"
msgstr ""
#: src/botlist.c:180
msgid "Add bot"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:114
msgid "_BotCommander command mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/botlist.c:351
msgid "Bot list"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:147
msgid "_Bot list"
msgstr ""
#: src/botlist.c:384
#: src/botlist.c:482
msgid "Bot name"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:106
msgid "_Bot"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:510
msgid "Can not connect to bot"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:504
msgid "Can not get IP protocol"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:507
msgid "Can not resolv hostname %s"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:247
msgid "Change to message mode after connect"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:253
msgid "Change to newly created tab"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:309
msgid "Channels"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:269
msgid "Close active tab"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:200
msgid "_Close tab"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:265
msgid "Command line history length"
msgstr ""
#: src/callbacks.c:357
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:131
#: src/networking.c:53
msgid "Connecting to %s:%d"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:93
#: src/commands.c:108
msgid "Connecting to %s"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:593
msgid "Connection closed"
msgstr ""
#: src/botlist.c:357
msgid "_Connect"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:240
msgid "Debug mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/botlist.c:88
msgid "Edit bot"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:123
msgid "_Eggdrop command mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:267
msgid "Exit BotCommander"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:91
msgid "E_xit"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:306
msgid "Font"
msgstr ""
#: src/botlist.c:494
msgid "Handle"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:323
msgid "Handles"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:237
msgid "_Help"
msgstr ""
#: src/botlist.c:486
msgid "Host"
msgstr ""
#: src/about.c:52
msgid "licence"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:131
msgid "_Message mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:170
msgid "Mode char can be one of B, E or M!"
msgstr ""
#: src/callbacks.c:93
#: src/callbacks.c:94
#: src/main.c:45
#: src/main.c:46
#: src/tabs.c:362
#: src/tabs.c:363
#: src/tabs.c:460
#: src/tabs.c:461
#: src/widgets.c:291
#: src/widgets.c:292
#: src/widgets.c:139
#: src/widgets.c:185
msgid "Mode: %c"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:268
msgid "New tab"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:102
#: src/commands.c:143
msgid "No bot exists by that name"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:86
msgid "No bot is assigned to this tab. Use ASSIGN to do that."
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:335
#: src/tabs.c:360
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:124
#: src/commands.c:261
msgid "Not enough memory!"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:154
#: src/commands.c:275
msgid "Not enough parameters!"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:159
msgid "Only one parameter required!"
msgstr ""
#: src/botlist.c:490
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:162
msgid "_Preferences"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:270
msgid "Preferences"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:107
#: src/tabs.c:124
#: src/tabs.c:141
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:295
msgid "Saturation"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:259
msgid "Save preferences on exit"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:285
msgid "Scroll on output"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:119
msgid "Second parameter must be a port number!"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:228
msgid "Setup"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:177
msgid "_Setup"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:583
msgid "Tab is not connected"
msgstr ""
#: src/widgets.c:215
msgid "_Tab"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:280
msgid "Terminal"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:164
msgid "The parameter must be one character!"
msgstr ""
#: src/main.c:84
msgid "There are connected tabs. Are you sure, you want to exit?"
msgstr ""
#: src/bots.c:75
msgid "There is already a bot named %s in the list.\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/config.c:109
msgid "There was an error accessing GConf2: %s"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:271
msgid "This command cannot be abbreviated!"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:81
msgid "This tab is already connected. Exit the bot with .quit, or use /DISCONNECT!"
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:431
msgid "This tab is connected. Are you sure you want to close it?"
msgstr ""
#: src/about.c:51
msgid "translator_credits"
msgstr ""
#: src/setup.c:290
msgid "Transparent background"
msgstr ""
#: src/commands.c:281
msgid "Unknown command \"%s\""
msgstr ""
#: src/tabs.c:516
msgid "Unknown error!"
msgstr ""
#: src/callbacks.c:141
msgid "Won't send an eggdrop command to a not connected tab"
msgstr ""
#: src/callbacks.c:162
msgid "Won't send message to a not connected tab"
msgstr ""
#: data/botcommander.desktop.in.in
msgid "BotCommander"
msgstr ""
#: data/botcommander.desktop.in.in
msgstr "BotCommander eggdrop client"
msgid ""

View File

@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
2010-10-07 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* Makefile.in.in: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.18.1.
* POTFILES.in: New file.

View File

@ -1,443 +1,220 @@
# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2007, 2009-2010 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
# functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
#
# Origin: gettext-0.18
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = 0.18
# - Modified by Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> to use GETTEXT_PACKAGE
# instead of PACKAGE and to look for po2tbl in ./ not in intl/
#
# - Modified by jacob berkman <jacob@ximian.com> to install
# Makefile.in.in and po2tbl.sed.in for use with glib-gettextize
#
# - Modified by Rodney Dawes <dobey@novell.com> for use with intltool
#
# We have the following line for use by intltoolize:
# INTLTOOL_MAKEFILE
include ../rules
GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
top_builddir = ..
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
datadir = @datadir@
localedir = @localedir@
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
libdir = @libdir@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
itlocaledir = $(prefix)/$(DATADIRNAME)/locale
subdir = po
install_sh = @INSTALL@
# Automake >= 1.8 provides @mkdir_p@.
# Until it can be supposed, use the safe fallback:
mkdir_p = $(install_sh) -d
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
# We use $(mkdir_p).
# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
INTLTOOL_UPDATE = @INTLTOOL_UPDATE@
INTLTOOL_EXTRACT = @INTLTOOL_EXTRACT@
MSGMERGE = INTLTOOL_EXTRACT=$(INTLTOOL_EXTRACT) srcdir=$(srcdir) $(INTLTOOL_UPDATE) --gettext-package $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE) --dist
GENPOT = INTLTOOL_EXTRACT=$(INTLTOOL_EXTRACT) srcdir=$(srcdir) $(INTLTOOL_UPDATE) --gettext-package $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE) --pot
GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@
GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@
XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
MSGMERGE = msgmerge
MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
MSGINIT = msginit
MSGCONV = msgconv
MSGFILTER = msgfilter
ALL_LINGUAS = @ALL_LINGUAS@
POFILES = @POFILES@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
PO_LINGUAS=$(shell if test -r $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then grep -v "^\#" $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; fi)
POFILES=$(shell if test -n "$(PO_LINGUAS)"; then LINGUAS="$(PO_LINGUAS)"; else LINGUAS="$(ALL_LINGUAS)"; fi; for lang in $$LINGUAS; do printf "$$lang.po "; done)
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(POFILES)
EXTRA_DISTFILES = POTFILES.skip Makevars LINGUAS
POTFILES = \
#This Gets Replace for some reason
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
CATALOGS=$(shell if test -n "$(PO_LINGUAS)"; then LINGUAS="$(PO_LINGUAS)"; else LINGUAS="$(ALL_LINGUAS)"; fi; for lang in $$LINGUAS; do printf "$$lang.gmo "; done)
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update
.SUFFIXES: .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg .cat
.po.pox:
$(MAKE) $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot
$(MSGMERGE) $< $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
.po.mo:
@echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
$(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
.po.gmo:
@lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics --verbose -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics --verbose -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
file=`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
&& rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $<
.sin.sed:
sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
.po.cat:
sed -f ../intl/po2msg.sed < $< > $*.msg \
&& rm -f $@ && gencat $@ $*.msg
all: check-macro-version all-@USE_NLS@
all: all-@USE_NLS@
all-yes: stamp-po
all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
all-no:
# Ensure that the gettext macros and this Makefile.in.in are in sync.
check-macro-version:
@test "$(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION)" = "@GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" \
|| { echo "*** error: gettext infrastructure mismatch: using a Makefile.in.in from gettext version $(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION) but the autoconf macros are from gettext version @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
}
$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES)
$(GENPOT)
# $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no
# internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because
# we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that
# LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty.
# In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target).
# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent
# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary
# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for
# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
# changed.
stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \
test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
@test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \
echo "touch stamp-po" && \
echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \
mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \
}
# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
# have been downloaded.
# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
if LC_ALL=C grep 'GNU @PACKAGE@' $(top_srcdir)/* 2>/dev/null | grep -v 'libtool:' >/dev/null; then \
package_gnu='GNU '; \
else \
package_gnu=''; \
fi; \
if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \
msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \
else \
msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \
fi; \
case `$(XGETTEXT) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-5] | 0.1[0-5].* | 0.16 | 0.16.[0-1]*) \
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
--copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
--msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \
;; \
*) \
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
--copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
--package-name="$${package_gnu}@PACKAGE@" \
--package-version='@VERSION@' \
--msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \
;; \
esac
test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
else \
rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
fi; \
else \
mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
fi; \
}
# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at
# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing.
# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update.
$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
$(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed.
# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) --lang=$${lang} $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
cd $(srcdir) \
&& { case `$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-7] | 0.1[0-7].*) \
$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot;; \
*) \
$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) --lang=$${lang} $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot;; \
esac; \
}; \
else \
$(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \
fi
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install: install-data
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
for file in Makevars; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
install-data-no: all
install-data-yes: all
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
if test -n "$$lc"; then \
if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
(cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
for file in *; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
fi; \
done); \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(itlocaledir)
if test -n "$(PO_LINGUAS)"; then \
linguas="$(PO_LINGUAS)"; \
else \
if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
:; \
linguas="$(ALL_LINGUAS)"; \
fi; \
for lang in $$linguas; do \
dir=$(DESTDIR)$(itlocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkdir_p) $$dir; \
if test -r $$lang.gmo; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$lang.gmo $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo; \
echo "installing $$lang.gmo as $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo"; \
else \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo as" \
"$$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo"; \
fi; \
if test -r $$lang.gmo.m; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$lang.gmo.m $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m; \
echo "installing $$lang.gmo.m as $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m"; \
else \
if test -r $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo.m ; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo.m \
$$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo.m as" \
"$$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m"; \
else \
true; \
fi; \
fi; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
fi; \
done; \
done
install-strip: install
installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
installdirs-exec:
installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
installdirs-data-no:
installdirs-data-yes:
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
if test -n "$$lc"; then \
if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
(cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
for file in *; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
fi; \
done); \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
else \
if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
:; \
else \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
fi; \
fi; \
fi; \
done; \
done
# Empty stubs to satisfy archaic automake needs
dvi info tags TAGS ID:
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
uninstall-exec:
uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
uninstall:
if test -n "$(PO_LINGUAS)"; then \
linguas="$(PO_LINGUAS)"; \
else \
: ; \
fi
uninstall-data-no:
uninstall-data-yes:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
done; \
linguas="$(ALL_LINGUAS)"; \
fi; \
for lang in $$linguas; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(itlocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(itlocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m; \
done
check: all
info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID:
check: all $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot
mostlyclean:
rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
rm -f stamp-poT
rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
rm -fr *.o
rm -f *.pox $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot *.old.po cat-id-tbl.tmp
rm -f .intltool-merge-cache
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo
rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES stamp-it
rm -f *.mo *.msg *.cat *.cat.m *.gmo
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES)
rm -f Makefile.in.in
distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir:
$(MAKE) update-po
@$(MAKE) dist2
# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES)
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
fi; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \
fi; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
fi; \
for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \
dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \
fi; \
extra_dists="$(EXTRA_DISTFILES)"; \
for file in $$extra_dists; do \
test -f $(srcdir)/$$file && dists="$$dists $(srcdir)/$$file"; \
done; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
for file in $$dists; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
else \
cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
fi; \
test -f $$file || file="$(srcdir)/$$file"; \
ln $$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $$file $(distdir); \
done
update-po: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
$(MAKE) update-gmo
# General rule for creating PO files.
.nop.po-create:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \
echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \
exit 1
# General rule for updating PO files.
.nop.po-update:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
$(MAKE) $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot
tmpdir=`pwd`; \
if test -n "$(PO_LINGUAS)"; then \
linguas="$(PO_LINGUAS)"; \
else \
linguas="$(ALL_LINGUAS)"; \
fi; \
for lang in $$linguas; do \
echo "$$lang:"; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) --lang=$$lang $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
cd $(srcdir); \
if { case `$(MSGMERGE) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-7] | 0.1[0-7].*) \
$(MSGMERGE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot;; \
*) \
$(MSGMERGE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) --lang=$$lang -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot;; \
esac; \
}; then \
if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
result="`$(MSGMERGE) -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang`"; \
if $$result; then \
if cmp $(srcdir)/$$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
else \
if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
:; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
echo "msgmerge for $$lang.gmo failed!"; \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
fi; \
done
Makefile POTFILES: stamp-it
@if test ! -f $@; then \
rm -f stamp-it; \
$(MAKE) stamp-it; \
fi
$(DUMMYPOFILES):
update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
@:
# Recreate Makefile by invoking config.status. Explicitly invoke the shell,
# because execution permission bits may not work on the current file system.
# Use @SHELL@, which is the shell determined by autoconf for the use by its
# scripts, not $(SHELL) which is hardwired to /bin/sh and may be deficient.
Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
cd $(top_builddir) \
&& @SHELL@ ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories
force:
stamp-it: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES.in
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/Makefile.in CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.

View File

@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
subdir = po
top_builddir = ..
# These options get passed to xgettext.
XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are
# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for
# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
# their copyright.
COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Gergely Polonkai (W00d5t0ck)
# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report
# bugs in the untranslated strings:
# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines
# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'.
# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be
# understood.
# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or
# money.
# - Pluralisation problems.
# - Incorrect English spelling.
# - Incorrect formatting.
# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators
# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through
# which the translators can contact you.
MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = polesz@w00d5t0ck.info
# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.
EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =

View File

@ -1,2 +1,13 @@
# List of source files which contain translatable strings.
src/main.c
# List of source files containing translatable strings.
# Please keep this list in alphabetical order.
../src/about.c
../src/botlist.c
../src/bots.c
../src/callbacks.c
../src/commands.c
../src/config.c
../src/main.c
../src/networking.c
../src/setup.c
../src/tabs.c
../src/widgets.c

View File

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
en@quot.po-create:
$(MAKE) en@quot.po-update
en@boldquot.po-create:
$(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update
en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
.insert-header.po-update-en:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
tmpdir=`pwd`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
cd $(srcdir); \
if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$lang -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
else \
if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
:; \
else \
echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
else \
echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
fi
en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
mostlyclean-quot:
rm -f *.insert-header

View File

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
s/`\([^`']*\)'/\1/g
s/ '\([^`']*\)' / \1 /g
s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ \1/g
s/^'\([^`']*\)' /\1 /g
s/“”/""/g
s///g
s//”/g
s///g
s///g

View File

@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) YEAR Gergely Polonkai (W00d5t0ck)
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: botcommander 1.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: polesz@w00d5t0ck.info\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-04 23:38+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#: src/main.c:6
#, c-format
msgid "Hello!\n"
msgstr "Szia!\n"

View File

@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
#
# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
#
# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
#
# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
#

View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
#
# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
#
# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
#

324
po/hu.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
# Magyar translation of BotCommander.
# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@w00d5t0ck.info>, 2006.
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: BotCommander 1.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-09-08 11:43+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-08 12:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@w00d5t0ck.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@gnome.hu>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: "
# BotCommander gettext messages.
# Original file created by Gergely POLONKAI for BotCommander v1.0
#: src/widgets.c:223
msgid "_About"
msgstr "_Névjegy"
#: src/tabs.c:103
msgid "Activate"
msgstr "Aktiválás"
#: src/botlist.c:180
msgid "Add bot"
msgstr "Új bot"
#: src/widgets.c:114
msgid "_BotCommander command mode"
msgstr "_BotCommander parancs mód"
#: src/botlist.c:351
msgid "Bot list"
msgstr "Bot lista"
#: src/widgets.c:147
msgid "_Bot list"
msgstr "Bot _lista"
#: src/botlist.c:384
#: src/botlist.c:482
msgid "Bot name"
msgstr "Bot neve"
#: src/widgets.c:106
msgid "_Bot"
msgstr "_Bot"
#: src/tabs.c:510
msgid "Can not connect to bot"
msgstr "Nem tudok csatlakozni a bothoz"
#: src/tabs.c:504
msgid "Can not get IP protocol"
msgstr "Nem találom az IP protokol adatait"
#: src/tabs.c:507
msgid "Can not resolv hostname %s"
msgstr "Nem lehet feloldani a nevet (%s)"
#: src/setup.c:247
msgid "Change to message mode after connect"
msgstr "Váltás üzenet-módba csatlakozás után"
#: src/setup.c:253
msgid "Change to newly created tab"
msgstr "Új fül nyitásakor váltás az új fülre"
#: src/tabs.c:309
msgid "Channels"
msgstr "Csatornák"
#: src/widgets.c:269
msgid "Close active tab"
msgstr "Aktív fül bezárása"
#: src/widgets.c:200
msgid "_Close tab"
msgstr "Fül be_zárása"
#: src/setup.c:265
msgid "Command line history length"
msgstr "Parancssor-megőrzés hossza"
#: src/callbacks.c:357
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Csatlakozva"
#: src/commands.c:131
#: src/networking.c:53
msgid "Connecting to %s:%d"
msgstr "Csatlakozás ide: %s:%d"
#: src/commands.c:93
#: src/commands.c:108
msgid "Connecting to %s"
msgstr "Csatlakozás ehhez: %s"
#: src/tabs.c:593
msgid "Connection closed"
msgstr "Kapcsolat lezárva"
#: src/botlist.c:357
msgid "_Connect"
msgstr "_Csatlakozás"
#: src/setup.c:240
msgid "Debug mode"
msgstr "Debug mód"
#: src/botlist.c:88
msgid "Edit bot"
msgstr "Bot szerkesztése"
#: src/widgets.c:123
msgid "_Eggdrop command mode"
msgstr "_Eggdrop parancs mód"
#: src/widgets.c:267
msgid "Exit BotCommander"
msgstr "Kilépés a BotCommanderből"
#: src/widgets.c:91
msgid "E_xit"
msgstr "K_ilépés"
#: src/setup.c:306
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Betűtípus"
#: src/botlist.c:494
msgid "Handle"
msgstr "Felhasználónév"
#: src/tabs.c:323
msgid "Handles"
msgstr "Felhasználók"
#: src/widgets.c:237
msgid "_Help"
msgstr "_Súgó"
#: src/botlist.c:486
msgid "Host"
msgstr "Cím"
#: src/about.c:52
msgid "licence"
msgstr "A BotCommander a GNU General Public Licence alatt készült. Ennek egy másolata megtalálható a program forrás-fájljai között."
#: src/widgets.c:131
msgid "_Message mode"
msgstr "Üzenet _mód"
#: src/commands.c:170
msgid "Mode char can be one of B, E or M!"
msgstr "A mód karakter csak B, E vagy M lehet!"
#: src/callbacks.c:93
#: src/callbacks.c:94
#: src/main.c:45
#: src/main.c:46
#: src/tabs.c:362
#: src/tabs.c:363
#: src/tabs.c:460
#: src/tabs.c:461
#: src/widgets.c:291
#: src/widgets.c:292
#: src/widgets.c:139
#: src/widgets.c:185
msgid "Mode: %c"
msgstr "Mód: %c"
#: src/widgets.c:268
msgid "New tab"
msgstr "Új fül"
#: src/commands.c:102
#: src/commands.c:143
msgid "No bot exists by that name"
msgstr "Nem létezik ilyen nevű bot"
#: src/commands.c:86
msgid "No bot is assigned to this tab. Use ASSIGN to do that."
msgstr "Nincs bot rendelve ehhez a fülhöz. A hozzárendeléshez használd az ASSIGN parancsot."
#: src/tabs.c:335
#: src/tabs.c:360
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Nincs csatlakoztatva"
#: src/commands.c:124
#: src/commands.c:261
msgid "Not enough memory!"
msgstr "Nincs elég memória!"
#: src/commands.c:154
#: src/commands.c:275
msgid "Not enough parameters!"
msgstr "Túl kevés paraméter!"
#: src/commands.c:159
msgid "Only one parameter required!"
msgstr "Csak egy paramétert kell megadni!"
#: src/botlist.c:490
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
#: src/widgets.c:162
msgid "_Preferences"
msgstr "_Beállítás"
#: src/widgets.c:270
msgid "Preferences"
msgstr "Beállítások"
#: src/tabs.c:107
#: src/tabs.c:124
#: src/tabs.c:141
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Tulajdonságok"
#: src/setup.c:295
msgid "Saturation"
msgstr "Áttetszőség"
#: src/setup.c:259
msgid "Save preferences on exit"
msgstr "Beállítások mentése kilépéskor"
#: src/setup.c:285
msgid "Scroll on output"
msgstr "Automatikus görgetés"
#: src/commands.c:119
msgid "Second parameter must be a port number!"
msgstr "A második paraméternek portszámnak kell lennie!"
#: src/setup.c:228
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Beállítás"
#: src/widgets.c:177
msgid "_Setup"
msgstr "B_eállítás"
#: src/tabs.c:583
msgid "Tab is not connected"
msgstr "A fül nincs csatlakozva"
#: src/widgets.c:215
msgid "_Tab"
msgstr "_Fül"
#: src/setup.c:280
msgid "Terminal"
msgstr "Terminál"
#: src/commands.c:164
msgid "The parameter must be one character!"
msgstr "A paraméternek egy karakter hosszúnak kell lennie!"
#: src/main.c:84
msgid "There are connected tabs. Are you sure, you want to exit?"
msgstr "Még vannak csatlakozott fülek. Biztosan ki akarsz lépni?"
#: src/bots.c:75
msgid "There is already a bot named %s in the list.\n"
msgstr "Már van %s nevű bot a listában\n"
#: src/config.c:109
msgid "There was an error accessing GConf2: %s"
msgstr "Hiba történt a GConf2 elérése közben: %s"
#: src/commands.c:271
msgid "This command cannot be abbreviated!"
msgstr "Ezt a parancsot nem lehet rövidíteni!"
#: src/commands.c:81
msgid "This tab is already connected. Exit the bot with .quit, or use /DISCONNECT!"
msgstr "A fül csatlakoztatva van. Lépj ki a botból a .quit paranccsal, vagy használd a /DISCONNECT-et!"
#: src/tabs.c:431
msgid "This tab is connected. Are you sure you want to close it?"
msgstr "A fül csatlakoztatva van. Biztosan bezárod?"
#: src/about.c:51
msgid "translator_credits"
msgstr "Fordította: POLONKAI Gergely <polesz@w00d5t0ck.info>"
#: src/setup.c:290
msgid "Transparent background"
msgstr "Áttetsző háttér"
#: src/commands.c:281
msgid "Unknown command \"%s\""
msgstr "Ismeretlen parancs: %s"
#: src/tabs.c:516
msgid "Unknown error!"
msgstr "Ismeretlen hiba!"
#: src/callbacks.c:141
msgid "Won't send an eggdrop command to a not connected tab"
msgstr "Nem küldhetek eggdrop parancsot egy nem csatlakoztatott fülön"
#: src/callbacks.c:162
msgid "Won't send message to a not connected tab"
msgstr "Nem küldhetek üzenetet egy nem csatlakoztatott fülön"
#: data/botcommander.desktop.in.in
msgid "BotCommander"
msgstr "BotCommander"
#: data/botcommander.desktop.in.in
msgid "BotCommander eggdrop client"
msgstr "BotCommander eggdrop kliens"

View File

@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
#
# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
/^msgid /{
x
# Test if the hold space is empty.
s/m/m/
ta
# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
r HEADER
# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
# current line while doing this.
g
N
bb
:a
# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
x
:b
}

View File

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
s/`\([^`']*\)'/\1/g
s/ '\([^`']*\)' / \1 /g
s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ \1/g
s/^'\([^`']*\)' /\1 /g
s/“”/""/g

View File

@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry
# from a POT file.
#
# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the
# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space.
/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{
x
# Test if the hold space is empty.
s/P/P/
ta
# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line.
g
d
bb
:a
# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
x
:b
}

9
rules.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
C_OBJECTS = main.@OBJEXT@ widgets.@OBJEXT@ callbacks.@OBJEXT@ tabs.@OBJEXT@ string.@OBJEXT@ bots.@OBJEXT@ commands.@OBJEXT@ config.@OBJEXT@ setup.@OBJEXT@ about.@OBJEXT@ networking.@OBJEXT@ history.@OBJEXT@ botlist.@OBJEXT@ debug.@OBJEXT@ chanprops.@OBJEXT@
DOC_OBJECTS = botcommander.pdf
RM = rm -f
PIXMAPS_OBJECTS = bc48.png bc48_trans.png
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
EXE = botcommander@EXEEXT@
prefix = ${DESTDIR}@prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@

View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
bin_PROGRAMS = botcommander
AM_CPPFLAGS = $(GTK_CFLAGS) -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
botcommander_SOURCES = main.c
botcommander_LDADD = $(GTK_LIBS) @LIBINTL@

33
src/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
include ../rules
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
CC = @CC@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CFLAGS = -I../include -I.. @BOTCOMMANDER_CFLAGS@ $(CPPFLAGS) @CFLAGS@
LIBS = @BOTCOMMANDER_LIBS@ @LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@
all: $(C_OBJECTS)
$(CC) -o $(EXE) $(LIBS) $(C_OBJECTS)
about.@OBJEXT@ botlist.@OBJEXT@ bots.@OBJEXT@ callbacks.@OBJEXT@ config.@OBJEXT@ networking.@OBJEXT@: ../config.h
about.@OBJEXT@ config.@OBJEXT@ main.@OBJEXT@ networking.@OBJEXT@ string.@OBJEXT@ tabs.@OBJEXT@ widgets.@OBJEXT@: ../include/defines.h
about.@OBJEXT@ botlist.@OBJEXT@ bots.@OBJEXT@ callbacks.@OBJEXT@ commands.@OBJEXT@ config.@OBJEXT@ main.@OBJEXT@ networking.@OBJEXT@ setup.@OBJEXT@ tabs.@OBJEXT@ widgets.@OBJEXT@ chanprops.@OBJEXT@: ../include/functions.h
$(C_OBJECTS): ../include/typedefs.h
botlist.@OBJEXT@ bots.@OBJEXT@ callbacks.@OBJEXT@ commands.@OBJEXT@ config.@OBJEXT@ history.@OBJEXT@ main.@OBJEXT@ networking.@OBJEXT@ setup.@OBJEXT@ tabs.@OBJEXT@ widgets.@OBJEXT@: ../include/variables.h
.c.@OBJEXT@:
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ -c $<
clean:
$(RM) $(EXE) $(C_OBJECTS)
install: all
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir)
$(INSTALL) -m 0755 botcommander $(bindir)
distclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile config.status config.cache config.log
.PHONY: all clean

91
src/about.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* about.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* The About dialog
}}} */
/* {{{ Includes */
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <libintl.h>
#include "config.h"
#include "defines.h"
#include "functions.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ authors[] */
const gchar *authors[] = {
"Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@w00d5t0ck.info>",
"KrzychuG from #eggdrop@IRCNET as Beta Tester",
"Peter \"FaZy\" Erdosi as Beta Tester",
NULL,
};
/* }}} */
/* {{{ documenters[] */
const gchar *documenters[] = {
"Gergely POLONKAI <polesz@w00d5t0ck.info>",
NULL,
};
/* }}} */
/* {{{ display_about_box() */
void
display_about_box(void)
{
static GtkWidget *about_box = NULL;
GdkPixbuf *logo;
gchar *translator_credits = _("translator_credits");
gchar *licence = _("licence");
if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW(about_box))
{
char *buf = NULL;
buf = g_locale_to_utf8(licence, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL);
logo = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR "/bc48_trans.png", NULL);
about_box = gtk_about_dialog_new();
gtk_about_dialog_set_name(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), "BotCommander");
gtk_about_dialog_set_version(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), "1.0");
gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), "\xc2\xa9 2005, Gergely POLONKAI");
gtk_about_dialog_set_comments(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), "Developer's Version");
gtk_about_dialog_set_license(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), buf);
g_free(buf);
gtk_about_dialog_set_website(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), "http://botcommander.hu/");
gtk_about_dialog_set_authors(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), authors);
gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), documenters);
gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), translator_credits);
gtk_about_dialog_set_logo(GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(about_box), logo);
if (logo)
g_object_unref(logo);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(about_box), "destroy", G_CALLBACK(gtk_widget_destroyed), &about_box);
gtk_widget_show(about_box);
}
else
gtk_window_present(GTK_WINDOW(about_box));
}
/* }}} */

532
src/botlist.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* botlist.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* The Bot list dialog
}}} */
/* {{{ Includes */
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <libintl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "variables.h"
#include "functions.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Variables */
static GtkDialog *editor_window = NULL;
static GtkDialog *botlist_win = NULL;
GtkWidget *botlist_edit_button,
*botlist_connect_button,
*botlist_remove_button,
*botlist_editor_botname,
*botlist_editor_host,
*botlist_editor_port,
*botlist_editor_handle;
static GtkWidget *bot_list = NULL;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ add_this_data() */
static void
add_this_data(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
{
GtkTreeIter iter;
GtkListStore *store = (GtkListStore *)user_data;
t_bot_data *bot = (t_bot_data *)data;
gtk_list_store_append(store, &iter);
gtk_list_store_set(store, &iter, 0, bot->botname, -1);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ refresh_botlist() */
static void
refresh_botlist(void)
{
GtkTreeModel *model;
model = gtk_tree_view_get_model(GTK_TREE_VIEW(bot_list));
g_object_ref(model);
gtk_tree_view_set_model(GTK_TREE_VIEW(bot_list), NULL);
gtk_list_store_clear(GTK_LIST_STORE(model));
g_list_foreach(internal_bot_list, add_this_data, (gpointer)model);
gtk_tree_view_set_model(GTK_TREE_VIEW(bot_list), model);
g_object_unref(model);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ edit_bot_dialog() */
static void
edit_bot_dialog(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
/* Here we can be sure that we have a selected item */
GtkTreeSelection *selection;
GtkTreeModel *model;
GtkTreeIter iter;
gint response;
gboolean can_close = FALSE;
if (!editor_window)
create_bot_editor(NULL);
gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(editor_window), _("Edit bot"));
selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection(GTK_TREE_VIEW(bot_list));
if (gtk_tree_selection_get_selected(selection, &model, &iter))
{
gchar *name;
t_bot_data *bot;
gtk_tree_model_get(model, &iter, 0, &name, -1);
if ((bot = get_bot_by_botname(name)) != NULL)
{
char *portnum;
asprintf(&portnum, "%d", bot->port);
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_botname), bot->botname);
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_host), bot->host);
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_port), portnum);
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_handle), bot->handle);
while (!can_close)
{
can_close = TRUE;
response = gtk_dialog_run(editor_window);
if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_OK)
{
gint port_num;
char *endptr;
gchar *botname = trim((char *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_botname)));
gchar *host = trim((char *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_host)));
gchar *port = trim((char *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_port)));
gchar *handle = trim((char *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_handle)));
if ((strcmp(botname, "") == 0) || (strcmp(host, "") == 0) || (strcmp(port, "") == 0))
{
can_close = FALSE;
#ifdef DEBUG
if (config_data.debug)
fprintf(stderr, "All fields are mandatory except Handle\n");
#endif /* DEBUG */
// TODO: Here we have to notify the user
g_free(botname);
g_free(host);
g_free(port);
g_free(handle);
continue;
}
port_num = strtol(port, &endptr, 10);
if (*endptr)
{
can_close = FALSE;
#ifdef DEBUG
if (config_data.debug)
fprintf(stderr, "Port must be a number! (%s)\n", endptr);
#endif /* DEBUG */
// TODO: Here we have to notify the user
g_free(botname);
g_free(host);
g_free(port);
g_free(handle);
continue;
}
(void)update_bot(bot, botname, host, port_num, handle);
refresh_botlist();
g_free(port);
g_free(botname);
g_free(host);
g_free(handle);
}
}
gtk_widget_hide(GTK_WIDGET(editor_window));
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
else
if (config_data.debug)
printf("No bot selected, but signal caught??\n");
#endif /* DEBUG */
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ add_bot_dialog() */
/* This callback is called when the "Add" button is pressed in the Botlist dialog */
static void
add_bot_dialog(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
gint response;
gboolean can_close = FALSE;
if (!editor_window)
create_bot_editor(NULL);
gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(editor_window), _("Add bot"));
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_botname), "");
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_host), "");
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_port), "");
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_handle), "");
while (!can_close)
{
can_close = TRUE;
response = gtk_dialog_run(editor_window);
if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_OK)
{
gint port_num;
char *endptr;
gchar *botname = trim((char *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_botname)));
gchar *host = trim((char *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_host)));
gchar *port = trim((char *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_port)));
gchar *handle = trim((char *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(botlist_editor_handle)));
if ((strcmp(botname, "") == 0) || (strcmp(host, "") == 0) || (strcmp(port, "") == 0))
{
can_close = FALSE;
#ifdef DEBUG
if (config_data.debug)
fprintf(stderr, "All fields are mandatory except Handle\n");
#endif /* DEBUG */
// TODO: Here we have to notify the user
g_free(botname);
g_free(host);
g_free(port);
g_free(handle);
continue;
}
port_num = strtol(port, &endptr, 10);
if (*endptr)
{
can_close = FALSE;
#ifdef DEBUG
if (config_data.debug)
fprintf(stderr, "Port must be a number! (%s)\n", endptr);
#endif /* DEBUG */
// TODO: Here we have to notify the user
g_free(botname);
g_free(host);
g_free(port);
g_free(handle);
continue;
}
if (add_bot(botname, host, port_num, handle) != BCE_SUCCESS)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
if (config_data.debug)
fprintf(stderr, "Port must be a number! (%s)\n", endptr);
#endif /* DEBUG */
// TODO: Here we have to notify the user
}
else
refresh_botlist();
g_free(port);
g_free(botname);
g_free(host);
g_free(handle);
}
}
gtk_widget_hide(GTK_WIDGET(editor_window));
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ cchange() */
/* This callback is called, when I select a list item */
void
static cchange(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
/* Here we can be sure that we have a selected item */
GtkTreeSelection *selection;
GtkTreeModel *model;
GtkTreeIter iter;
selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection(GTK_TREE_VIEW(widget));
if (gtk_tree_selection_get_selected(selection, &model, &iter))
{
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_connect_button, TRUE);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_edit_button, TRUE);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_remove_button, TRUE);
}
#ifdef DEBUG
else
if (config_data.debug)
printf("No bot selected, but signal caught??\n");
#endif /* DEBUG */
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ cactivate() */
/* This callback is called when I double-click a list item, or when I navigate to an item and press Enter */
static void
cactivate(GtkWidget *widget, GtkTreePath *path, GtkTreeViewColumn *column, gpointer data)
{
GtkTreeSelection *selection;
GtkTreeModel *model;
GtkTreeIter iter;
selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection(GTK_TREE_VIEW(widget));
if (gtk_tree_selection_get_selected(selection, &model, &iter))
gtk_button_clicked(GTK_BUTTON(botlist_connect_button));
#ifdef DEBUG
else
if (config_data.debug)
fprintf(stderr, "No bot selected, but signal caught??\n");
#endif /* DEBUG */
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ toggle_cursor_row() */
/* This callback is called when I select or deselect a list item (but not when I change selection!) */
static gboolean
toggle_cursor_row(GtkTreeView *widget, gpointer data)
{
GtkTreeSelection *selection;
GtkTreeModel *model;
GtkTreeIter iter;
selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection(GTK_TREE_VIEW(widget));
if (gtk_tree_selection_get_selected(selection, &model, &iter))
{
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_connect_button, FALSE);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_edit_button, FALSE);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_remove_button, FALSE);
}
else
{
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_connect_button, TRUE);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_edit_button, TRUE);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_remove_button, TRUE);
}
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ create_and_fill_model() */
/* This function creates the tree model and fills it with data */
static GtkTreeModel *
create_and_fill_model(void)
{
GtkListStore *store;
store = gtk_list_store_new(1, G_TYPE_STRING);
g_list_foreach(internal_bot_list, add_this_data, (gpointer)store);
return GTK_TREE_MODEL(store);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ display_botlist_window() */
/* This one creates the bot list window if it doesn't exist, and displays it */
void
display_botlist_window(void)
{
gint response;
gboolean created_model = FALSE;
GtkTreeModel *model;
if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW(botlist_win))
{
GtkCellRenderer *renderer;
GtkWidget *hbox,
*vbox,
*button,
*scrollwin,
*image,
*bbox,
*blabel;
created_model = TRUE;
botlist_win = (GtkDialog *)gtk_dialog_new();
gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(botlist_win), _("Bot list"));
gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(botlist_win), GTK_WINDOW(main_window));
gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent(GTK_WINDOW(botlist_win), TRUE);
gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(botlist_win), TRUE);
image = gtk_image_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_CONNECT, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON);
blabel = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(_("_Connect"));
bbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 0);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(bbox), image, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(bbox), blabel, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
botlist_connect_button = gtk_button_new();
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_connect_button, FALSE);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(botlist_connect_button), bbox);
gtk_widget_show_all(botlist_connect_button);
gtk_dialog_add_action_widget(botlist_win, botlist_connect_button, GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY);
button = gtk_button_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_SAVE);
gtk_widget_show(button);
gtk_dialog_add_action_widget(botlist_win, button, GTK_RESPONSE_OK);
button = gtk_button_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_CLOSE);
gtk_widget_show(button);
gtk_dialog_add_action_widget(botlist_win, button, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL);
scrollwin = gtk_scrolled_window_new(NULL, NULL);
gtk_widget_set_size_request(scrollwin, 150, 200);
renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new();
bot_list = gtk_tree_view_new();
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(bot_list), "cursor-changed", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(cchange), NULL);
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(bot_list), "row-activated", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(cactivate), NULL);
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(bot_list), "toggle-cursor-row", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(toggle_cursor_row), NULL);
gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes(GTK_TREE_VIEW(bot_list), -1, _("Bot name"), renderer, "text", 0, NULL);
model = create_and_fill_model();
gtk_tree_view_set_model(GTK_TREE_VIEW(bot_list), model);
g_object_unref(model);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(scrollwin), bot_list);
hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 2);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), scrollwin, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 2);
button = gtk_button_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_ADD);
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(button), "clicked", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(add_bot_dialog), NULL);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
botlist_edit_button = gtk_button_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_EDIT);
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(botlist_edit_button), "clicked", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(edit_bot_dialog), NULL);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_edit_button, FALSE);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), botlist_edit_button, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
botlist_remove_button = gtk_button_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_REMOVE);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(botlist_remove_button, FALSE);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), botlist_remove_button, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), vbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
gtk_widget_show_all(hbox);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(botlist_win->vbox), hbox);
}
if (!created_model)
refresh_botlist();
response = gtk_dialog_run(botlist_win);
switch (response)
{
case GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY:
{
GtkTreeSelection *selection;
GtkTreeModel *model;
GtkTreeIter iter;
t_tab_data *tab = get_active_tab();
if (tab)
gtk_widget_grab_focus(tab->editbox);
selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection(GTK_TREE_VIEW(bot_list));
if (gtk_tree_selection_get_selected(selection, &model, &iter))
{
gchar *name;
if (!tab)
add_tab(&tab);
if (tab->connected)
add_tab(&tab);
gtk_tree_model_get(model, &iter, 0, &name, -1);
assign_bot_to_tab_by_name(tab, name);
g_free(name);
connect_tab(tab);
}
#ifdef DEBUG
else
if (config_data.debug)
printf("No bot selected, but signal caught??\n");
#endif /* DEBUG */
}
break;
case GTK_RESPONSE_OK:
save_bot_list_to_config();
break;
}
gtk_widget_hide(GTK_WIDGET(botlist_win));
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ create_bot_editor */
void
create_bot_editor(t_bot_data *bot)
{
if (!editor_window)
{
GtkWidget *button,
*label;
GtkTable *table;
editor_window = (GtkDialog *)gtk_dialog_new();
gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(editor_window), GTK_WINDOW(botlist_win));
gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent(GTK_WINDOW(editor_window), TRUE);
gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(editor_window), TRUE);
table = (GtkTable *)gtk_table_new(4, 2, FALSE);
gtk_table_attach(table, (label = gtk_label_new(_("Bot name"))), 0, 1, 0, 1, GTK_FILL, 0, 2, 2);
gtk_table_attach(table, (botlist_editor_botname = gtk_entry_new()), 1, 2, 0, 1, GTK_FILL | GTK_EXPAND, 0, 2, 2);
gtk_misc_set_alignment(GTK_MISC(label), 0, 0.5);
gtk_table_attach(table, (label = gtk_label_new(_("Host"))), 0, 1, 1, 2, GTK_FILL, 0, 2, 2);
gtk_table_attach(table, (botlist_editor_host = gtk_entry_new()), 1, 2, 1, 2, GTK_FILL | GTK_EXPAND, 0, 2, 2);
gtk_misc_set_alignment(GTK_MISC(label), 0, 0.5);
gtk_table_attach(table, (label = gtk_label_new(_("Port"))), 0, 1, 2, 3, GTK_FILL, 0, 2, 2);
gtk_table_attach(table, (botlist_editor_port = gtk_entry_new()), 1, 2, 2, 3, GTK_FILL | GTK_EXPAND, 0, 2, 2);
gtk_misc_set_alignment(GTK_MISC(label), 0, 0.5);
gtk_table_attach(table, (label = gtk_label_new(_("Handle"))), 0, 1, 3, 4, GTK_FILL, 0, 2, 2);
gtk_table_attach(table, (botlist_editor_handle = gtk_entry_new()), 1, 2, 3, 4, GTK_FILL | GTK_EXPAND, 0, 2, 2);
gtk_misc_set_alignment(GTK_MISC(label), 0, 0.5);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(editor_window->vbox), GTK_WIDGET(table));
button = gtk_button_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_CANCEL);
gtk_dialog_add_action_widget(editor_window, button, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL);
button = gtk_button_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_SAVE);
gtk_dialog_add_action_widget(editor_window, button, GTK_RESPONSE_OK);
}
gtk_widget_show_all(GTK_WIDGET(editor_window));
}
/* }}} */

270
src/bots.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* bots.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Bot list handling
}}} */
/* TODO: Put this into a Makefile */
#define _GNU_SOURCE
/* {{{ Includes */
#include <libintl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "config.h"
#include "typedefs.h"
#include "functions.h"
#include "variables.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Variables */
GList *internal_bot_list;
/* }}} */
#ifdef DEBUG
/* {{{ print_this_bot() */
void print_this_bot(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
{
t_bot_data *temp = (t_bot_data *)data;
printf("%s:%s:%d:%s\n", temp->botname, temp->host, temp->port, temp->handle);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ list_bots() */
void
list_bots(void)
{
g_list_foreach(internal_bot_list, print_this_bot, NULL);
}
/* }}} */
#endif
/* {{{ search_function() */
static gint
search_function(gconstpointer a, gconstpointer b)
{
t_bot_data *bot = (t_bot_data *)a;
char *botname = (char *)b;
return strcmp(bot->botname, botname);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ add_bot() */
gint
add_bot(gchar *botname, gchar *host, guint port, gchar *handle)
{
t_bot_data *temp;
if (g_list_find_custom(internal_bot_list, botname, search_function))
{
// TODO: Here we should notify the user that this bot already exists.
#ifdef DEBUG
if (config_data.debug)
fprintf(stderr, _("There is already a bot named %s in the list.\n"), botname);
#endif /* DEBUG */
return BCE_BOT_EXISTS;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("Adding bot %s at %s:%d with user %s\n", botname, host, port, handle);
#endif
temp = g_malloc(sizeof(t_bot_data));
temp->botname = g_strdup(botname);
temp->host = g_strdup(host);
temp->port = port;
temp->handle = g_strdup(handle);
internal_bot_list = g_list_append(internal_bot_list, temp);
return BCE_SUCCESS;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ del_bot() */
gint
del_bot(gchar *botname)
{
return BCE_SUCCESS;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_bot_by_botname() */
t_bot_data *
get_bot_by_botname(gchar *name)
{
GList *temp = g_list_find_custom(internal_bot_list, name, search_function);
if (temp)
return (t_bot_data *)(temp->data);
return NULL;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ create_bot_record() */
gint
create_bot_record(gchar *host, gint port, t_bot_data **rec)
{
t_bot_data *temp;
if (rec == NULL)
return BCE_NOMEM;
temp = g_malloc(sizeof(t_bot_data));
if (temp)
{
temp->botname = NULL;
temp->host = g_strdup(host);
temp->port = port;
temp->handle = NULL;
*rec = temp;
return BCE_SUCCESS;
}
return BCE_NOMEM;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ update_bot() */
gint
update_bot(t_bot_data *bot, gchar *botname, gchar *host, guint port, gchar *handle)
{
if (bot)
{
t_bot_data *temp = g_malloc(sizeof(t_bot_data));
memset(temp, 0, sizeof(t_bot_data));
if (bot->botname)
{
temp->botname = g_strdup(bot->botname);
g_free(bot->botname);
}
if (bot->host)
{
temp->host = g_strdup(bot->host);
g_free(bot->host);
}
temp->port = bot->port;
if (bot->handle)
{
temp->handle = g_strdup(bot->handle);
g_free(bot->handle);
}
bot->botname = g_strdup(botname);
bot->host = g_strdup(host);
bot->port = port;
bot->handle = g_strdup(handle);
if (temp->botname)
g_free(temp->botname);
if (temp->host)
g_free(temp->host);
if (temp->handle)
g_free(temp->handle);
}
return BCE_SUCCESS;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_bot_by_name() */
gint
get_bot_by_name(gconstpointer a, gconstpointer b)
{
GConfEntry *entry = (GConfEntry *)a;
gchar *name = (gchar *)b;
gchar *i;
GConfValue *value;
gchar *this_name;
gchar *key;
gint len = strlen(GCONF2_ROOT "/bots/");
/* TODO: Would be easier with regex? */
key = (gchar *)gconf_entry_get_key(entry);
if (strncmp(key + len, "bot", 3) != 0)
return 1;
for (i = key + len + 3; *i && isdigit(*i); i++);
if (*i != '_')
return 1;
if (strcmp(++i, "name") != 0)
return 1;
value = gconf_entry_get_value(entry);
if (value->type != GCONF_VALUE_STRING)
return 1;
this_name = (char *)gconf_value_get_string(value);
return strcmp(this_name, name);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ free_bot_data() */
void
free_bot_data(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
{
t_bot_data *bot = (t_bot_data *)data;
if (bot)
{
if (bot->botname)
g_free(bot->botname);
if (bot->host)
g_free(bot->host);
if (bot->handle)
g_free(bot->handle);
g_free(bot);
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ is_this_num_bot() */
gint
is_this_num_bot(gconstpointer a, gconstpointer b)
{
if (((t_bot_data *)a)->id == *((guint *)b))
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_bot_by_conf_num() */
t_bot_data *
get_bot_by_conf_num(guint num)
{
GList *entry;
entry = g_list_find_custom(internal_bot_list, &num, is_this_num_bot);
if (entry)
return entry->data;
return NULL;
}
/* }}} */

518
src/callbacks.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* callbacks.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Various widget callbacks
}}} */
/* {{{ Includes */
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <libintl.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include "config.h"
#include "variables.h"
#include "functions.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ destroy_event() */
void
destroy_event(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
if (widget == main_window)
gtk_main_quit();
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ delete_event() */
gboolean
delete_event(GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data)
{
exit_cleanly(FALSE);
return FALSE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ toolbar_quit() */
void
toolbar_quit(GtkButton *button, gpointer data)
{
exit_cleanly(FALSE);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ toolbar_add_tab() */
void
toolbar_add_tab(GtkButton *button, gpointer data)
{
add_tab(NULL);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ toolbar_close_active() */
void toolbar_close_active(GtkButton *button, gpointer data)
{
close_tab(get_active_tab());
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ toolbar_open_prefs() */
void
toolbar_open_prefs(GtkButton *button, gpointer data)
{
display_setup_window();
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ book_change_tab() */
void
book_change_tab(GtkNotebook *book, GtkNotebookPage *newpage, guint pagenum, gpointer data)
{
GList *list;
list = g_list_find_custom(tab_list, &pagenum, find_tab_by_pagenum);
if (list)
{
t_tab_data *temp;
gchar *buf;
gboolean sidebar_visible;
gboolean menuitem_state;
GtkWidget *box = gtk_paned_get_child2(GTK_PANED(gtk_notebook_get_nth_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(main_book), pagenum)));
temp = list->data;
Context;
set_title(NULL, "BotCommander - %s", gtk_label_get_text(GTK_LABEL(temp->label)));
Context;
buf = g_malloc(strlen(_("Mode: %c")) + 1);
sprintf(buf, _("Mode: %c"), toupper(temp->mode));
gtk_label_set_text(GTK_LABEL(main_statuslabel_mode), buf);
g_free(buf);
menuitem_state = gtk_check_menu_item_get_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(main_menu_show_sidebar));
sidebar_visible = GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(box);
if (menuitem_state != sidebar_visible)
gtk_check_menu_item_set_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(main_menu_show_sidebar), sidebar_visible);
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ close_tab_cb() */
void
close_tab_cb(GtkWidget *button, gpointer data)
{
GList *to_remove = g_list_find(tab_list, data);
if (to_remove)
close_tab((t_tab_data *)data);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ entry_activate() */
gboolean
entry_activate(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
char this_mode;
t_tab_data *active_tab = (t_tab_data *)data;
gchar *text;
gboolean add_to_history = TRUE;
gboolean shift = FALSE;
gboolean want_change = TRUE;
this_mode = active_tab->mode;
text = (gchar *)gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(widget));
if (*text == '/')
this_mode = 'b';
else if (*text == '.')
this_mode = 'e';
else if (*text == '@')
this_mode = 'm';
switch (tolower(this_mode))
{
case 'b':
Context;
want_change = process_commandline((*text == '/') ? text + 1 : text, active_tab);
Context;
shift = (*text == '/');
Context;
break;
case 'e':
if (!active_tab->connected)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(active_tab, TRUE, _("Won't send an eggdrop command to a not connected tab"));
add_to_history = FALSE;
break;
}
else
{
char *buf = NULL;
buf = g_convert(text, -1, BOT_CHARSET, "UTF-8", NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (buf)
{
dprintf(active_tab->sock, "%s%s\n", (*buf != *EGG_CMD_CHAR) ? EGG_CMD_CHAR : "", buf);
g_free(buf);
}
}
shift = (*text == '.');
break;
case 'm':
default:
if (!active_tab->connected)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(active_tab, TRUE, _("Won't send message to a not connected tab"));
add_to_history = FALSE;
break;
}
else
{
char *buf = NULL;
buf = g_convert(text, -1, BOT_CHARSET, "UTF-8", NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (buf)
{
dprintf(active_tab->sock, "%s%s\n", (*buf == *EGG_CMD_CHAR) ? " " : "", buf);
g_free(buf);
}
}
shift = (*text == '@');
}
Context;
if ((add_to_history) && (gtk_entry_get_visibility(GTK_ENTRY(widget))))
history_add(active_tab, tolower(this_mode), (shift) ? text + 1 : text);
active_tab->history_position = -1;
Context;
if (want_change)
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(((t_tab_data *)data)->editbox), "");
Context;
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ menu_exit() */
void
menu_exit(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
exit_cleanly(FALSE);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ menu_mode_changed() */
void
menu_mode_changed(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
if (gtk_check_menu_item_get_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(widget)))
{
char m = 0;
if (widget == main_menu_mode_b)
m = 'b';
else
{
if (widget == main_menu_mode_e)
m = 'e';
else
{
if (widget == main_menu_mode_m)
m = 'm';
}
}
if (m)
change_mode(m, TRUE);
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ menu_botlist_open() */
void
menu_botlist_open(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
display_botlist_window();
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ menu_prefs_open() */
void
menu_prefs_open(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
display_setup_window();
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ menu_new_tab() */
void
menu_new_tab(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
add_tab(NULL);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ menu_close_tab() */
void
menu_close_tab(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
close_tab(get_active_tab());
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ menu_about() */
void
menu_about(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
display_about_box();
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ entry_keypress() */
int
entry_keypress(GtkEntry *entry, GdkEventKey *event, gpointer data)
{
if (data)
{
t_tab_data *tab = (t_tab_data *)data;
if (entry == (GtkEntry *)tab->editbox)
{
if (event->keyval == GDK_Up)
{
gint count = get_history_len(tab);
gint steps;
t_history_data *temp = tab->history;
if (count == 0)
{
tab->history_position = -1;
return TRUE;
}
if ((count > 0) && (count > tab->history_position + 1))
tab->history_position++;
steps = count - tab->history_position - 1;
while (steps)
{
if (!temp)
return TRUE;
temp = temp->next;
steps--;
}
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(tab->editbox), temp->line);
gtk_entry_set_position(GTK_ENTRY(tab->editbox), -1);
return TRUE;
}
else if (event->keyval == GDK_Down)
{
gint count = get_history_len(tab);
if (count == 0)
{
tab->history_position = -1;
return TRUE;
}
if (tab->history_position > -1)
tab->history_position--;
if (tab->history_position == -1)
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(tab->editbox), "");
else
{
t_history_data *temp = tab->history;
gint steps = count - tab->history_position - 1;
while (steps)
{
if (!temp)
return TRUE;
temp = temp->next;
steps--;
}
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(tab->editbox), temp->line);
gtk_entry_set_position(GTK_ENTRY(tab->editbox), -1);
}
return TRUE;
}
}
}
switch (event->keyval)
{
case GDK_0:
case GDK_1:
case GDK_2:
case GDK_3:
case GDK_4:
case GDK_5:
case GDK_6:
case GDK_7:
case GDK_8:
case GDK_9:
if (event->state & GDK_MOD1_MASK)
{
gint num = event->keyval - GDK_0;
if (num == 0)
num = 9;
else
num--;
change_active_tab(num);
return TRUE;
}
break;
case GDK_Tab:
return TRUE;
break;
}
if (event->keyval == GDK_Tab)
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ socket_event() */
void
socket_event(gpointer data, gint fd, GdkInputCondition cond)
{
t_tab_data *tab = data;
ssize_t len;
char buf[MAX_READ_LINE_LEN];
static char *current_line = NULL;
static int current_line_pointer = 0;
static char current_telnet_code[4];
static int current_telnet_code_pointer = 0;
memset(&buf, 0, MAX_READ_LINE_LEN);
memset(&current_telnet_code, 0, 4);
len = recv(tab->sock, &buf, MAX_READ_LINE_LEN - 1, 0);
if (len == 0)
disconnect_tab(tab);
else if (len > 0)
{
char *obuf = NULL, *a;
if (tab->data_arrived == FALSE)
{
if (config_data.change_to_message)
change_mode('M', FALSE);
tab->data_arrived = TRUE;
feed_info_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Connected"));
}
if (current_line == NULL)
{
current_line = g_malloc(MAX_READ_LINE_LEN + 1);
memset(current_line, 0, MAX_READ_LINE_LEN + 1);
}
for (a = (char *)&buf; *a; a++)
{
if (*a == '\r')
continue;
if (*a == '\n')
{
process_incoming_data(tab, current_line);
memset(current_line, 0, MAX_READ_LINE_LEN + 1);
current_line_pointer = 0;
continue;
}
if ((*a == *TELNET_IAC) || (*a == *TELNET_WILL) || (*a == *TELNET_WONT) || (*a == *TELNET_ECHO))
{
current_telnet_code[current_telnet_code_pointer++] = *a;
if (strlen((char *)&current_telnet_code) == 3)
{
if (strcmp((char *)&current_telnet_code, TELNET_WILL_ECHO) == 0)
gtk_entry_set_visibility(GTK_ENTRY(tab->editbox), FALSE);
else if (strcmp((char *)&current_telnet_code, TELNET_WONT_ECHO) == 0)
gtk_entry_set_visibility(GTK_ENTRY(tab->editbox), TRUE);
memset(&current_telnet_code, 0, 4);
current_telnet_code_pointer = 0;
}
continue;
}
current_line[current_line_pointer++] = *a;
}
obuf = g_convert(buf, -1, "UTF-8", BOT_CHARSET, NULL, NULL, NULL);
g_free(obuf);
}
#ifdef DEBUG
else if (config_data.debug)
{
char *buf = NULL;
char *orig = strerror(errno);
buf = g_locale_to_utf8(orig, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL);
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, "%s", buf);
g_free(buf);
disconnect_tab(tab);
}
#endif /* DEBUG */
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ menu_showhide_sidebar() */
void
menu_showhide_sidebar(GtkWidget *menuitem, gpointer data)
{
gint current_page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(main_book));
if (current_page >= 0)
{
gboolean new_state,
current_state;
GtkWidget *box = gtk_paned_get_child2(GTK_PANED(gtk_notebook_get_nth_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(main_book), current_page)));
new_state = gtk_check_menu_item_get_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(menuitem));
current_state = GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(box);
feed_info_to_terminal(get_active_tab(), TRUE, "Current state: %s; new state: %s\n", (current_state) ? "active" : "not active", (new_state) ? "active" : "not active");
if (current_state != new_state)
{
if (gtk_check_menu_item_get_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(menuitem)) == TRUE)
gtk_widget_show_all(box);
else
gtk_widget_hide_all(box);
}
}
}
/* }}} */

138
src/chanprops.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* chanprops.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* This holds functions which belong to the Channel properties dialog
}}} */
/* {{{ Includes */
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "functions.h"
#include "typedefs.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ find_chan_in_list() */
gint
find_chan_in_list(gconstpointer a, gconstpointer b)
{
t_channel *chanrec = (t_channel *)a;
gchar *channame = (gchar *)b;
if (streq(chanrec->name, channame, FALSE))
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ find_chan_property() */
gint
find_chan_property(gconstpointer a, gconstpointer b)
{
t_chan_prop *prop = (t_chan_prop *)a;
gchar *propname = (gchar *)b;
return strcmp(prop->name, propname);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ update_channel_property() */
void
update_channel_property(t_tab_data *tab, gchar *chan, gchar *property)
{
GList *this_chan;
if ((this_chan = g_list_find_custom(tab->actual_channel_list, chan, find_chan_in_list)))
{
t_chan_prop *prop;
GList *this_prop;
t_channel *chanrec = this_chan->data;
switch (tab->chanprops_list_num)
{
case 1:
/* Channel modes */
break;
case 2:
/* idle-kick */
break;
case 3:
/* stopnethack-mode */
break;
case 4:
/* revenge-mode */
break;
}
prop = g_malloc0(sizeof(t_chan_prop));
prop->bool_prop = ((*property == '+') || (*property == '-'));
Context;
if (prop->bool_prop)
{
prop->name = g_strdup(property + 1);
prop->bool_value = (*property == '+') ? TRUE : FALSE;
prop->string_value = NULL;
}
else
{
gchar *a;
Context;
for (a = property; *a; a++)
if (isspace(*a))
break;
if (*a && (a - property > 0))
{
prop->name = g_strndup(property, a - property);
for (; *a; a++)
if (!isspace(*a))
break;
prop->string_value = g_strdup(a);
}
Context;
}
if (prop->name)
{
this_prop = g_list_find_custom(chanrec->properties, prop->name, find_chan_property);
if (this_prop)
{
printf("Updating %s property \"%s\" with value %s\n", (prop->bool_prop) ? "boolean" : "string", prop->name, (prop->bool_prop) ? ((prop->bool_value) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE") : prop->string_value);
}
else
{
printf("Adding %s property \"%s\" with value %s\n", (prop->bool_prop) ? "boolean" : "string", prop->name, (prop->bool_prop) ? ((prop->bool_value) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE") : prop->string_value);
}
}
}
}
/* }}} */

453
src/commands.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* commands.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* BotCommander internal command definitions
}}} */
/* TODO: Put this into a Makefile */
#define _GNU_SOURCE
/* {{{ Includes */
#include <libintl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "typedefs.h"
#include "functions.h"
#include "variables.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Prototypes */
BC_COMMAND(command_exit);
BC_COMMAND(command_close);
BC_COMMAND(command_connect);
BC_COMMAND(command_assign);
BC_COMMAND(command_mode);
BC_COMMAND(command_histlist);
BC_COMMAND(command_botlist);
BC_COMMAND(command_preferences);
BC_COMMAND(command_disconnect);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ internal_command[] */
t_command internal_command[] = {
/* verb, CT_INTERNAL, paramnum, can_abbrev, function */
{"QUIT", CT_INTERNAL, 0, FALSE, command_exit},
{"CLOSE", CT_INTERNAL, 0, TRUE, command_close},
{"CONNECT", CT_INTERNAL, 0, TRUE, command_connect},
{"ASSIGN", CT_INTERNAL, 1, TRUE, command_assign},
{"MODE", CT_INTERNAL, 1, TRUE, command_mode},
{"HISTLIST", CT_INTERNAL, 0, TRUE, command_histlist},
{"BOTLIST", CT_INTERNAL, 0, TRUE, command_botlist},
{"PREFERENCES", CT_INTERNAL, 0, TRUE, command_preferences},
{"DISCONNECT", CT_INTERNAL, 0, TRUE, command_disconnect},
{NULL, CT_INTERNAL, 0, FALSE, NULL},
};
/* }}} */
#define num_commands (sizeof(command) / sizeof(t_command))
/* {{{ command_exit */
BC_COMMAND(command_exit)
{
exit_cleanly(FALSE);
return FALSE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ command_close */
BC_COMMAND(command_close)
{
Context;
close_tab(tab);
Context;
return FALSE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ command_connect */
BC_COMMAND(command_connect)
{
if (tab->connected)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("This tab is already connected. Exit the bot with .quit, or use /DISCONNECT!"));
return TRUE;
}
if ((paramnum == 0) && (tab->bot == NULL))
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("No bot is assigned to this tab. Use ASSIGN to do that."));
return TRUE;
}
if (paramnum == 0)
{
#ifdef DEBUG /* {{{ */
if (config_data.debug)
feed_message_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Connecting to %s"), tab->bot->botname);
#endif /* DEBUG }}} */
}
if (paramnum == 1)
{
t_bot_data *bot;
if ((bot = get_bot_by_botname(param[1])) == NULL)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("No bot exists by that name"));
return TRUE;
}
assign_bot_to_tab(tab, bot);
#ifdef DEBUG /* {{{ */
if (config_data.debug)
feed_message_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Connecting to %s"), bot->botname);
#endif /* DEBUG }}} */
}
if (paramnum > 1)
{
gchar *host = param[1];
gint port;
t_bot_data *bot;
if (!is_numeric(param[2], &port))
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Second parameter must be a port number!"));
return TRUE;
}
if (create_bot_record(host, port, &bot) != BCE_SUCCESS)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Not enough memory!"));
return TRUE;
}
tab->bot = bot;
set_title(tab, "%s:%d", host, port);
#ifdef DEBUG /* {{{ */
if (config_data.debug)
feed_message_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Connecting to %s:%d"), host, port);
#endif /* DEBUG }}} */
}
connect_tab(tab);
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ command_assign */
BC_COMMAND(command_assign)
{
if (!assign_bot_to_tab_by_name(tab, param[1]))
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("No bot exists by this name"));
return TRUE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ command_mode */
BC_COMMAND(command_mode)
{
char newmode;
if (paramnum < 1)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Not enough parameters!"));
return TRUE;
}
if (paramnum > 1)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Only one parameter required!"));
return TRUE;
}
if (strlen(param[1]) > 1)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("The parameter must be one character!"));
return TRUE;
}
newmode = *param[1];
if (!strchr("bem", tolower(newmode)))
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Mode char can be one of B, E or M!"));
return TRUE;
}
change_mode(newmode, FALSE);
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ command_histlist */
BC_COMMAND(command_histlist)
{
t_history_data *temp = tab->history;
while (temp)
{
feed_info_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, temp->line);
temp = temp->next;
}
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ command_botlist */
BC_COMMAND(command_botlist)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
list_bots();
#endif
display_botlist_window();
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ command_preferences */
BC_COMMAND(command_preferences)
{
display_setup_window();
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ command_disconnect */
BC_COMMAND(command_disconnect)
{
disconnect_tab(tab);
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_command_from_abbrev() */
/* Returning rules:
* If the given abbreviation is a whole command, that command will be returned
* If there are more commands matching the pattern, and only one of them can be abbreviated, that command will be returned
* If there are multiple commands matching the pattern, and more of them can be abbreviated, nothing is returned
*/
t_command *
get_command_from_abbrev(gchar *abbrev)
{
t_command *temp, *found_command = NULL;
gchar *a;
for (temp = internal_command; temp->command_verb; temp++)
{
gboolean found = TRUE;
if (streq(temp->command_verb, abbrev, FALSE))
return temp;
if (strlen(abbrev) > strlen(temp->command_verb))
continue;
for (a = abbrev; *a; a++)
{
if (tolower(*a) != tolower(*(temp->command_verb + (a - abbrev))))
{
found = FALSE;
break;
}
}
if ((found) && (temp->can_abbrev == TRUE))
{
if (found_command)
return NULL;
found_command = temp;
}
}
return found_command;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ process_commandline() */
gboolean
process_commandline(gchar *cmdline, t_tab_data *tab)
{
gchar **wl;
gint wnum;
t_command *this_command;
gboolean want_change = TRUE;
Context;
if (wordwrap(cmdline, " \t", &wl, &wnum) != BCE_SUCCESS)
{
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Not enough memory!"));
}
Context;
if (!wnum)
return TRUE;
this_command = get_command_from_abbrev(wl[0]);
if (this_command)
{
if (!this_command->can_abbrev && (strlen(wl[0]) != strlen(this_command->command_verb)))
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("This command cannot be abbreviated!"));
else
{
if (this_command->min_paramnum > wnum - 1)
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Not enough parameters!"));
else
want_change = this_command->func(tab, wnum - 1, wl);
}
}
else
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Unknown command \"%s\""), wl[0]);
Context;
wl_free(&wl, wnum);
Context;
return want_change;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ process_botcommander_script_commands() */
/* This function processes the messages sent by the botcommander.tcl script. */
void
process_botcommander_script_commands(t_tab_data *tab, char *string)
{
/* Here the script command is already in UTF-8 */
Context;
switch (*(string + 2))
{
case '+':
if (strlen(string) > 4)
{
char *command = (string + 4);
Context;
if (strcmp(command, "ABILITY") == 0)
{
dprintf(tab->sock, ".botcomm_chanlist\n");
dprintf(tab->sock, ".botcomm_userlist\n");
}
else if (strcmp(command, "CHANLIST_START") == 0)
{
tab->chanlist_process = TRUE;
if (tab->actual_channel_list != NULL)
g_list_free(tab->actual_channel_list);
tab->actual_channel_list = NULL;
}
else if (strcmp(command, "CHANLIST_END") == 0)
{
tab->actual_channel_list = g_list_reverse(tab->actual_channel_list);
tab->chanlist_process = FALSE;
update_channel_list(tab);
}
else if ((strncmp(command, "CHAN ", 5) == 0) && (tab->chanlist_process))
{
t_channel *chan = g_malloc(sizeof(t_channel));
chan->active = (*(command + 5) == '1') ? TRUE : FALSE;
chan->name = g_strdup((command + 7));
chan->properties = NULL;
tab->actual_channel_list = g_list_prepend(tab->actual_channel_list, chan);
}
else if (strcmp(command, "USERLIST_START") == 0)
{
tab->userlist_process = TRUE;
if (tab->actual_user_list != NULL)
g_list_free(tab->actual_user_list);
tab->actual_user_list = NULL;
}
else if (strcmp(command, "USERLIST_END") == 0)
{
tab->actual_user_list = g_list_reverse(tab->actual_user_list);
tab->userlist_process = FALSE;
update_user_list(tab);
}
else if ((strncmp(command, "USER ", 5) == 0) && (tab->userlist_process))
{
t_user *user = g_malloc(sizeof(t_user));
user->name = g_strdup((command + 5));
tab->actual_user_list = g_list_prepend(tab->actual_user_list, user);
}
else if (strncmp(command, "CHANPROPS_START ", 16) == 0)
{
tab->chanprops_process = g_strdup(command + 16);
tab->chanprops_list_num = 0;
}
else if (strncmp(command, "CHANPROPS_END ", 14) == 0)
{
if (tab->chanprops_process != NULL)
{
g_free(tab->chanprops_process);
tab->chanprops_process = NULL;
}
tab->chanprops_list_num = 0;
}
else if (strncmp(command, "CHANPROP ", 9) == 0)
{
gchar *chan = command + 9;
gchar *property;
for (property = chan; *property; property++)
if (isspace(*property))
break;
if (*property)
{
*property = 0;
if (streq(chan, tab->chanprops_process, FALSE))
{
property++;
for (; *property; property++)
if (!isspace(*property))
break;
tab->chanprops_list_num++;
update_channel_property(tab, chan, property);
}
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
else if (config_data.debug)
printf("Unknown script command: %s\n", command);
#endif /* DEBUG */
Context;
}
break;
case '-':
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, FALSE, "%s", string);
break;
default:
return;
}
Context;
#ifdef DEBUG
if (config_data.debug)
{
feed_message_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, string);
printf("%s\n", string);
}
#endif /* DEBUG */
}
/* }}} */

611
src/config.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* config.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Configuration backend handlers
}}} */
/* {{{ Includes */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <libintl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <gconf/gconf-client.h>
#include "config.h"
#include "defines.h"
#include "typedefs.h"
#include "variables.h"
#include "functions.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Defines */
#define TA_NAME 1
#define TA_HOST 2
#define TA_PORT 3
#define TA_HANDLE 4
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Variables */
GConfClient *gconf_client;
t_config_data config_data;
static gboolean gconf_inited = FALSE;
static int internal_value;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ set_gconf_values() */
gboolean
set_gconf_values(GConfClient *client)
{
int err = 0;
GError *error = NULL;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_float(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/background_saturation", DEFAULT_BACKGROUND_SATURATION, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_bool(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/change_to_message", DEFAULT_CHANGE_TO_MESSAGE, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_bool(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/debug", DEFAULT_DEBUG, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_string(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/default_mode", DEFAULT_DEFAULT_MODE, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_string(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/sanity", "Needed for gconf sanity check, please don't remove!", &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_bool(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/scroll_on_output", DEFAULT_SCROLL_ON_OUTPUT, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_bool(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/transparent_background", DEFAULT_TRANSPARENT_BACKGROUND, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_string(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/vte_font", DEFAULT_VTE_FONT, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_bool(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/change_to_new_tab", DEFAULT_CHANGE_TO_NEW_TAB, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
error = NULL;
gconf_client_set_int(client, GCONF2_ROOT "/history_length", DEFAULT_HISTORY_LENGTH, &error);
if (error) err = 1;
if (err)
{
GtkWidget *dialog;
dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new(NULL, 0, GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR, GTK_BUTTONS_OK, _("There was an error accessing GConf2: %s"), error->message);
gtk_window_set_resizable(GTK_WINDOW(dialog), FALSE);
gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ gconf_sanity_check_string() */
gboolean
gconf_sanity_check_string(GConfClient *client, const gchar *key)
{
gchar *string;
GError *error = NULL;
string = gconf_client_get_string(client, key, &error);
if (error)
{
gboolean temp = set_gconf_values(client);
if (temp == FALSE)
return FALSE;
}
if (!string)
{
gboolean temp = set_gconf_values(client);
if (temp == FALSE)
return FALSE;
} else
g_free(string);
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ init_config() */
gboolean
init_config(void)
{
GError *error = NULL;
gconf_client = gconf_client_get_default();
if (!gconf_sanity_check_string(gconf_client, GCONF2_ROOT "/sanity"))
return FALSE;
gconf_client_add_dir(gconf_client, GCONF2_ROOT, GCONF_CLIENT_PRELOAD_RECURSIVE, &error);
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_boolean_conf_value() */
gboolean
get_boolean_conf_value(gchar *key, gboolean *retval)
{
GError *error = NULL;;
GConfValue *value = NULL;
gchar *full_key;
if ((full_key = g_malloc(strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2)) == NULL)
return FALSE;
memset(full_key, 0, strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2);
strcpy(full_key, GCONF2_ROOT);
strcat(full_key, "/");
strcat(full_key, key);
value = gconf_client_get(gconf_client, full_key, &error);
if (error && !value)
{
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
if (value)
{
if (value->type == GCONF_VALUE_BOOL)
{
if (retval)
*retval = gconf_client_get_bool(gconf_client, full_key, &error);
g_free(full_key);
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_float_conf_value() */
gboolean
get_float_conf_value(gchar *key, gfloat *retval)
{
GError *error = NULL;
GConfValue *value = NULL;
gchar *full_key;
if ((full_key = g_malloc(strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2)) == NULL)
return FALSE;
memset(full_key, 0, strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2);
strcpy(full_key, GCONF2_ROOT);
strcat(full_key, "/");
strcat(full_key, key);
value = gconf_client_get(gconf_client, full_key, &error);
if ((error != NULL) || (value == NULL)) {
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
if (value) {
if (value->type == GCONF_VALUE_FLOAT) {
if (retval)
*retval = gconf_client_get_float(gconf_client, full_key, &error);
g_free(full_key);
return TRUE;
}
}
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_int_conf_value() */
gboolean
get_int_conf_value(gchar *key, gint *retval)
{
GError *error = NULL;
GConfValue *value = NULL;
gchar *full_key;
if ((full_key = g_malloc(strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2)) == NULL)
return FALSE;
memset(full_key, 0, strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2);
strcpy(full_key, GCONF2_ROOT);
strcat(full_key, "/");
strcat(full_key, key);
value = gconf_client_get(gconf_client, full_key, &error);
if ((error != NULL) || (value == NULL)) {
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
if (value) {
if (value->type == GCONF_VALUE_INT) {
if (retval)
*retval = gconf_client_get_int(gconf_client, full_key, &error);
g_free(full_key);
return TRUE;
}
}
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_string_conf_value() */
gboolean
get_string_conf_value(gchar *key, gchar **retval)
{
GError *error = NULL;
GConfValue *value = NULL;
gchar *full_key;
if ((full_key = g_malloc(strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2)) == NULL)
return FALSE;
memset(full_key, 0, strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2);
strcpy(full_key, GCONF2_ROOT);
strcat(full_key, "/");
strcat(full_key, key);
value = gconf_client_get(gconf_client, full_key, &error);
if (error || !value) {
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
if (value) {
if (value->type == GCONF_VALUE_STRING) {
if (retval)
*retval = g_strdup(gconf_client_get_string(gconf_client, full_key, &error));
g_free(full_key);
return TRUE;
}
}
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ set_boolean_conf_value() */
gboolean
set_boolean_conf_value(gchar *key, gboolean value)
{
GError *error = NULL;
gchar *full_key;
if ((full_key = g_malloc(strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2)) == NULL)
return FALSE;
memset(full_key, 0, strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2);
strcpy(full_key, GCONF2_ROOT);
strcat(full_key, "/");
strcat(full_key, key);
gconf_client_set_bool(gconf_client, full_key, value, &error);
if (error)
{
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ set_float_conf_value() */
gboolean
set_float_conf_value(gchar *key, gdouble value)
{
GError *error = NULL;
gchar *full_key;
if ((full_key = g_malloc(strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2)) == NULL)
return FALSE;
memset(full_key, 0, strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2);
strcpy(full_key, GCONF2_ROOT);
strcat(full_key, "/");
strcat(full_key, key);
gconf_client_set_float(gconf_client, full_key, value, &error);
if (error)
{
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ set_int_conf_value() */
gboolean
set_int_conf_value(gchar *key, gint value)
{
GError *error = NULL;
gchar *full_key;
if ((full_key = g_malloc(strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2)) == NULL)
return FALSE;
memset(full_key, 0, strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2);
strcpy(full_key, GCONF2_ROOT);
strcat(full_key, "/");
strcat(full_key, key);
gconf_client_set_int(gconf_client, full_key, value, &error);
if (error)
{
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ set_string_conf_value() */
gboolean
set_string_conf_value(gchar *key, gchar *value)
{
GError *error = NULL;
gchar *full_key;
if ((full_key = g_malloc(strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2)) == NULL)
return FALSE;
memset(full_key, 0, strlen(GCONF2_ROOT) + strlen(key) + 2);
strcpy(full_key, GCONF2_ROOT);
strcat(full_key, "/");
strcat(full_key, key);
gconf_client_set_string(gconf_client, full_key, value, &error);
if (error)
{
printf("%s\n", error->message);
g_free(full_key);
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ read_config_data() */
void
read_config_data(void)
{
gboolean setting_b;
gfloat setting_f;
gchar *setting_s;
gint setting_i;
if (get_boolean_conf_value("scroll_on_output", &setting_b))
config_data.scroll_on_output = setting_b;
else
config_data.scroll_on_output = DEFAULT_SCROLL_ON_OUTPUT;
if (get_boolean_conf_value("change_to_message", &setting_b))
config_data.change_to_message = setting_b;
else
config_data.change_to_message = DEFAULT_CHANGE_TO_MESSAGE;
#ifdef DEBUG
if (get_boolean_conf_value("debug", &setting_b))
config_data.debug = setting_b;
else
config_data.debug = DEFAULT_DEBUG;
#endif /* DEBUG */
if (get_boolean_conf_value("transparent_background", &setting_b))
config_data.transparent_background = setting_b;
else
config_data.transparent_background = DEFAULT_TRANSPARENT_BACKGROUND;
if (get_float_conf_value("background_saturation", &setting_f))
config_data.background_saturation = setting_f;
else
config_data.background_saturation = DEFAULT_BACKGROUND_SATURATION;
if (get_string_conf_value("default_mode", &setting_s))
config_data.default_mode = *setting_s;
else
config_data.default_mode = *DEFAULT_DEFAULT_MODE;
if (get_string_conf_value("vte_font", &setting_s))
config_data.vte_font = setting_s;
else
config_data.vte_font = DEFAULT_VTE_FONT;
if (get_boolean_conf_value("change_to_new_tab", &setting_b))
config_data.change_to_new_tab = setting_b;
else
config_data.change_to_new_tab = DEFAULT_CHANGE_TO_NEW_TAB;
if (get_int_conf_value("history_length", &setting_i))
config_data.history_len = setting_i;
else
config_data.history_len = DEFAULT_HISTORY_LENGTH;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ set_bot_data_from_conf() */
void
set_bot_data_from_conf(gpointer data, gpointer discard)
{
GConfEntry *entry = (GConfEntry *)data;
gint len = strlen(GCONF2_ROOT "/bots/");
gchar *key = (char *)gconf_entry_get_key(entry);
gchar *num = NULL;
gchar *i;
gint bot_id;
t_bot_data *bot;
int to_add = 0;
GConfValue *value;
gchar *string_value = NULL;
gint int_value = 0;
if (strncmp(key + len, "bot", 3))
return;
num = key + len + 3;
for (i = num; *i && isdigit(*i); i++);
if (*i != '_')
return;
*i = 0;
i++;
bot_id = atoi((const char *)num);
if (bot_id == 0)
return;
if (strcmp(i, "name") == 0)
to_add = TA_NAME;
else if (strcmp(i, "host") == 0)
to_add = TA_HOST;
else if (strcmp(i, "port") == 0)
to_add = TA_PORT;
else if (strcmp(i, "handle") == 0)
to_add = TA_HANDLE;
if (to_add == 0)
return;
value = gconf_entry_get_value(entry);
if (to_add == TA_PORT)
int_value = gconf_value_get_int((const GConfValue *)value);
else
string_value = (gchar *)gconf_value_get_string((const GConfValue *)value);
if ((bot = get_bot_by_conf_num(bot_id)) == NULL)
{
create_bot_record(NULL, 0, &bot);
bot->id = bot_id;
internal_bot_list = g_list_append(internal_bot_list, bot);
}
switch (to_add)
{
case TA_NAME:
bot->botname = g_strdup(string_value);
break;
case TA_HOST:
bot->host = g_strdup(string_value);
break;
case TA_PORT:
bot->port = int_value;
break;
case TA_HANDLE:
bot->handle = g_strdup(string_value);
break;
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ read_bot_list_from_config() */
void
read_bot_list_from_config(void)
{
GSList *entries;
if (internal_bot_list)
{
g_list_foreach(internal_bot_list, free_bot_data, NULL);
g_list_free(internal_bot_list);
internal_bot_list = NULL;
}
entries = gconf_client_all_entries(gconf_client, GCONF2_ROOT "/bots", NULL);
if (entries)
{
g_slist_foreach(entries, set_bot_data_from_conf, NULL);
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ save_this_bot() */
void
save_this_bot(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
{
/* NEVER CHANGE THIS, or change the code below, either! */
static char *config_keynames[] = { "name", "host", "port", "handle", NULL };
gchar *key;
gint len;
char **a;
internal_value++;
for (a = config_keynames; *a; a++)
{
len = (int)log10((double)internal_value) + 11 + strlen(*a);
key = g_malloc(len);
sprintf(key, "bots/bot%d_%s", internal_value, *a);
if (strcmp(*a, "name") == 0)
set_string_conf_value(key, ((t_bot_data *)data)->botname);
else if (strcmp(*a, "host") == 0)
set_string_conf_value(key, ((t_bot_data *)data)->host);
else if (strcmp(*a, "port") == 0)
set_int_conf_value(key, ((t_bot_data *)data)->port);
else if (strcmp(*a, "handle") == 0)
set_string_conf_value(key, ((t_bot_data *)data)->handle);
g_free(key);
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ save_bot_list_to_config() */
void
save_bot_list_to_config(void)
{
gconf_client_recursive_unset(gconf_client, GCONF2_ROOT "/bots", GCONF_UNSET_INCLUDING_SCHEMA_NAMES, NULL);
internal_value = 0;
g_list_foreach(internal_bot_list, save_this_bot, NULL);
}
/* }}} */

69
src/debug.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* debug.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Debugging functions
}}} */
#ifdef DEBUG
/* {{{ Includes */
# include <signal.h>
# include <gtk/gtk.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Variables */
char *last_file = NULL;
int last_line = 0;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ fatal_signal() */
void fatal_signal_handler(int sig)
{
if (last_file)
fprintf(stderr, "Fatal signal cought (%d). Last context was at %s:%d\n", sig, last_file, last_line);
exit(1);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ debug_init() */
void
debug_init()
{
signal(SIGSEGV, fatal_signal_handler);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ set_context() */
void
set_context(char *file, int line)
{
if (last_file)
g_free(last_file);
last_file = g_strdup(file);
last_line = line;
}
/* }}} */
#endif

123
src/history.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* history.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Handles tabs' command line history
}}} */
/* {{{ Includes */
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "typedefs.h"
#include "variables.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ history_add() */
void
history_add(t_tab_data *tab, gchar mode, gchar *line)
{
t_history_data *temp;
if (config_data.history_len == 0)
return;
if (tab)
{
gint count = 0;
char modechar = 0;
switch (tolower(mode))
{
case 'b':
modechar = '/';
break;
case 'e':
modechar = '.';
break;
case 'm':
modechar = '@';
break;
}
if (modechar == 0)
return;
temp = tab->history;
while (temp)
{
count++;
temp = temp->next;
}
if (count == config_data.history_len)
{
temp = tab->history;
tab->history = temp->next;
g_free(temp->line);
g_free(temp);
}
temp = g_malloc(sizeof(t_history_data));
temp->line = g_malloc(strlen(line) + 2);
sprintf(temp->line, "%c%s", modechar, line);
temp->next = NULL;
if (tab->history == NULL)
tab->history = temp;
else
{
t_history_data *t = tab->history;
while (t->next)
t = t->next;
t->next = temp;
}
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ get_history_len() */
gint
get_history_len(t_tab_data *tab)
{
if (tab)
{
t_history_data *temp = tab->history;
gint count = 0;
if (tab->history == NULL)
return 0;
while (temp)
{
count++;
temp = temp->next;
}
return count;
}
return 0;
}
/* }}} */

View File

@ -1,68 +1,143 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* main.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Very common functions
}}} */
/* {{{ Includes */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <libintl.h>
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <locale.h>
#include <glib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "config.h"
static void
quit(GSimpleAction *action, GVariant *parameter, gpointer user_data)
{
GApplication *app = user_data;
#include "functions.h"
#include "variables.h"
#include "defines.h"
/* }}} */
g_application_quit(app);
/* {{{ change_mode() */
void
change_mode(char newmode, gboolean from_menu)
{
char *buf;
t_tab_data *active_tab = get_active_tab();
buf = g_malloc(strlen(_("Mode: %c")) + 1);
sprintf(buf, _("Mode: %c"), toupper(newmode));
active_tab->mode = toupper(newmode);
gtk_label_set_text(GTK_LABEL(main_statuslabel_mode), buf);
g_free(buf);
if (!from_menu)
{
gtk_check_menu_item_set_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(main_menu_mode_b), (toupper(newmode) == 'B') ? TRUE : FALSE);
gtk_check_menu_item_set_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(main_menu_mode_e), (toupper(newmode) == 'E') ? TRUE : FALSE);
gtk_check_menu_item_set_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(main_menu_mode_m), (toupper(newmode) == 'M') ? TRUE : FALSE);
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ find_connected_tab() */
gint
find_connected_tab(gconstpointer a, gconstpointer b)
{
if (((t_tab_data *)a)->connected)
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ exit_cleanly() */
void
exit_cleanly(gboolean force)
{
gboolean ask = FALSE;
save_bot_list_to_config();
if (g_list_find_custom(tab_list, NULL, find_connected_tab))
ask = TRUE;
if (ask)
{
GtkWidget *dialog;
gint result;
dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new(GTK_WINDOW(main_window), GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_MESSAGE_QUESTION, GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO, _("There are connected tabs. Are you sure, you want to exit?"));
result = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
if (result == GTK_RESPONSE_NO)
return;
}
static void
startup(GtkApplication *app, gpointer user_data)
{
static const GActionEntry actions[] = {
{ "quit", quit }
};
GMenu *menu;
g_action_map_add_action_entries(G_ACTION_MAP(app), actions, G_N_ELEMENTS(actions), app);
menu = g_menu_new();
g_menu_append(menu, "Quit", "app.quit");
gtk_application_set_app_menu(app, G_MENU_MODEL(menu));
g_object_unref(menu);
}
static void
activate(GtkApplication *app, gpointer user_data)
{
GtkWidget *window;
GtkWidget *botlist;
window = gtk_application_window_new(app);
gtk_window_set_default_size(GTK_WINDOW(window), 400, 300);
gtk_window_set_application(GTK_WINDOW(window), GTK_APPLICATION(app));
gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(window), "BotCommander");
botlist = gtk_notebook_new();
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), GTK_WIDGET(botlist));
gtk_widget_show_all(window);
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("exit_cleanly(%d)\n", force);
#endif /* DEBUG */
gtk_main_quit();
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ main() */
int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
GtkApplication *app;
int status;
#ifdef DEBUG
debug_init();
#endif /* DEBUG */
Context;
setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
bindtextdomain(PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
textdomain(PACKAGE);
bindtextdomain(GETTEXT_PACKAGE, PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR);
textdomain(GETTEXT_PACKAGE);
app = gtk_application_new("org.botcommander.gtk", G_APPLICATION_FLAGS_NONE);
g_signal_connect(app, "startup", G_CALLBACK(startup), NULL);
g_signal_connect(app, "activate", G_CALLBACK(activate), NULL);
status = g_application_run(G_APPLICATION(app), argc, argv);
g_object_unref(app);
Context;
return status;
gtk_init(&argc, &argv);
if (!init_config())
return 1;
read_config_data();
read_bot_list_from_config();
tab_list = NULL;
g_set_prgname("BotCommander");
g_set_application_name("BotCommander");
create_main_window();
add_tab(NULL);
gtk_main();
return 0;
}
/* }}} */

116
src/networking.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
/* vim: set foldmethod=marker : */
/* {{{ Legal info
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
}}} */
/* {{{ Author and file info
* networking.c
*
* Wed Nov 09 22:16:59 2005
* Copyright (C) 2005 Gergely POLONKAI
* polesz@techinfo.hu
*
* Network-handling functions
}}} */
/* {{{ Includes */
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netdb.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <libintl.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include "config.h"
#include "defines.h"
#include "typedefs.h"
#include "functions.h"
#include "variables.h"
/* }}} */
/* {{{ connect_to_host() */
gint
connect_to_host(gchar *host, guint port, int *fd, gint *tag, t_tab_data *tab)
{
int desc;
static struct protoent *p = NULL;
struct hostent *h = NULL;
struct sockaddr_in dest;
if (tab)
feed_info_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, _("Connecting to %s:%d"), host, port);
if (!p)
{
if ((p = getprotobyname("IP")) == NULL)
return BCE_NOPROTO;
}
desc = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, p->p_proto);
fcntl(desc, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK);
if ((h = gethostbyname(host)) == NULL)
return BCE_CANTRESOLV;
memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
dest.sin_family = AF_INET;
dest.sin_addr = *((struct in_addr *)h->h_addr);
dest.sin_port = htons(port);
if (connect(desc, (struct sockaddr *)&dest, sizeof(struct sockaddr)) < 0)
{
if (errno != EINPROGRESS)
{
if (tab)
{
char *buf = NULL;
char *orig = strerror(errno);
buf = g_locale_to_utf8(orig, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL);
feed_error_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, "%s", buf);
g_free(buf);
}
#ifdef DEBUG
perror("BotCommander: connect");
#endif /* DEBUG */
return BCE_CANTCONNECT;
}
}
if (fd)
*fd = desc;
if (tag)
*tag = gdk_input_add(desc, GDK_INPUT_READ | GDK_INPUT_EXCEPTION, socket_event, tab);
return BCE_SUCCESS;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ process_incoming_data() */
void
process_incoming_data(t_tab_data *tab, char *string)
{
char *obuf;
obuf = g_convert(string, -1, "UTF-8", BOT_CHARSET, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (strncmp(obuf, "BC", 2) == 0)
process_botcommander_script_commands(tab, obuf);
else
feed_message_to_terminal(tab, TRUE, obuf);
}
/* }}} */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More